Home

Draytek Vigor3200

1. ay Q 2 pOr ka Qee 2 aa 3 HED http 72 16 2 179 certsrv y Eyez e msn v Pres 7 ABBE ADES MO ERARRRE 319 co Hotmail QB Messenger Q I MSN Microsoft Certificate Ser vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task eesecossecesossecosoesscossososoescosesesesossesososscocsossssossososococesssescosssesesossesesosossossesssoesosesecscosesescsosssocsossssossosesossessssessosssesesossesssosssesssesssa O Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 78 Dray Tek 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO CEQ MAC ROBE IAM KAW a Qr O HAG Pus ka An OLL FED http 172 16 2 179 certsrvicertcare asp yrz ta msn i B ORI PHBH AES X HERA 019 oo Hotmail X Mesenger A RAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates
2. Peer GRE IP Dray Tek 91 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Click OK to save the configuration and return to previous page Choose Index number 2 for configuring another VPN LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name 1 wani only 2 77 3 77 4 In this page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Setto Factory Default Status Index Name x TT x 18 TT x 19 TT Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name M Enable this profile fwan2 only VPN Dial Out Throug wan2 Only x Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block Multicast via YPN C Pass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling C PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone 7 Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 202 211 120 100 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type pptp V IPSec Tunnel M L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone zj m Specify Remote YPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP A or Peer ID 4 Gre over IPSec Settings F Enab I Logical Traffic 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP e IPSec Dial Out functio My GRE Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP 192 168 33 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP
3. 172 16 3 103 Default Gateway 1 2 16 3 1 User Mode is OFF now Each item is explained as follows Dray Tek Item Model Name Firmware Version Description Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router 311 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description Build Date Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN interface Subnet Mask Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface DHCP Server Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface DNS Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS Wireless LAN MAC Address Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN Frequency Domain It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various Firmware Version It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi SSID Display the SSID of the router WAN Link Status Display current connection status MAC Address Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Connection Display the connection type IP Address Display the IP address of the WAN interface Default Gateway Dis
4. Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile Any user who uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk must follow the rule specified here File Check the items Read Write and Delete for such profile Directory Check the items List Create and Remove for such profile Before you click OK you have to insert a USB diskette into the USB interface of the Vigor router Otherwise you cannot save the configuration Dray Te k 307 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 14 3 File Explorer File Explorer offers an easy way for users to review and manage the content of USB diskette connected on Vigor router USB Application gt gt File Explorer File Explorer t o Current Path r Name Size Delete Rename 4 Upload File Select a file ae Upload Note The folder can not be deleted when it is not empty Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Click this icon to refresh files list Refresh Click this icon to return to the upper directory t Back ji gt Click this icon to add a new folder Create Current Path Display current folder Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB storage disk The uploaded file in the USB storage disk can be shared for other user through FTP 4 14 4 USB Disk Status This page is to monitor the status for the users who accessing into FTP or Samba server USB diskette via the Vigor router
5. 6 d pia 22 Ol SKE 277 d oo 23 F o 8 d iiis 24 F e g 777 C 25 777 O ros 10 na d spe 26 C _ ti 1 d ae 2T C aa 12 77 d see 28 C 13 LI e 29 C 14 777 d ane 30 C _ 15 d ae 31 E 16 d d 32 E lt lt 1 32 33 64 gt gt Next gt gt You can find out the link of Set SSL Web Proxy on the profile setting page If you haven t set any SSL Web Proxy Profile in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page there is no check box but a link appeared below Dr ay Te K 299 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Netbios Naming Packet pass Block Callback Function Set SSL Web Proxy F Check to enable Callback function F Specify the callback number Callback Number M Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget 30 minutecs OK Clear Cancel However if you have set several SSL Web Proxy Profiles in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name URL Active T gforge https swm draytek com Y if web http www draytek com cn Y 3 portal http Awww vigorpro com Y 4 webadmin http fwww draytek com cn admin Y 3 portalmanager http Aww vigorpro com manager Y 6 huagal http www huagai com cn Y T X a zl X 10 The SSL Web Proxy profile names will be displayed together with check box as shown below Netbios Naming Packet
6. Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 From the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 322 Dray Tek i DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 phn a a o a TE Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Sc NIC Information MAC Address 00 11 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Pappas aN Mon Jan 22 peo Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 168 95 1 1 DNS Servers Lease Expires Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 Up Speed Down Speed SWR Margin Loop Att ad al male Dray Tek 323 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 15 8 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2010 Apr Frid 1 58 Time Setup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin ka Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Br
7. Active Directory General Setup LDAP Profiles Enable Bind Type Regular Made Server IP Address 172 156 2 8 Destination Fort 389 Regular ON uid vpntest au vpnusers dce me de drayte 1234 Regular Password There are three types of bind type supported Simple Mode Just simply do the bind authentication without any search action Anonymous Perform a search action first with Anonymous account then do the bind authentication Regular Mode Mostly it is the same with anonymous mode The different is that the server will firstly check if you have the search authority For the regular mode you ll need to type in the Regular DN and Regular Password Dr ay Te k 35 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Create LDAP server profiles Click the Active Directory LDAP tab to open the profile web page and click any one of the index number link If we have two groups RD1 and SHRD on LDAP server we can configure two LDAP server profiles with different Group Distinguished Name Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP gt gt Server Profiles Index No 1 Name rd Common Name Identifier uid Base Distinguished Name au People dc ms de draytek dc com E cn rd ou Group de ms de draytek dc c E Group Distinguished Name Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP erver Profiles Index No 2 Name shrd Common Name Identif
8. Check Enable and type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 278 Dr ay Tek 4 12 3 Security This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA Dray Tek Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Mode Disable v Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TKIP for WPA AES for WPAZ Pre Shared Key PSkK Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlaz or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode b4 Bit Key 1 key i key a Key 4 For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example 4B312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal d
9. PSPS HISHed N Aae Sometimes you may forget the Distinguished Name since it s too long Then you may click the I button to list all the account information on the AD LDAP Server to assist you finish the setup After finished the above settings click OK to save and exit this page A new profile has been created Note You can refer to 3 1 How to Implement the AD LDAP Authentication for User Management and 3 2 How to implement the AD_LDAP authentication for SSL Application for detailed information 4 9 5 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ UPnP is available on Windows XP and the router provide the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP se
10. LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 DMZ PORT Note LAN 2 3 4 are available when VLAN is enabled Each item 1s explained as follows Item Description General Setup Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively Index Display all of the LAN items DMZ and IP Routed Subnet Status Check the box to enable such LAN configuration Basically LAN1 status is enabled in default LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by checking the box of Status DHCP Check the box to enable DHCP server for such LAN configuration LAN is configured with DHCP in default If required please check the DHCP box for each LAN IP Address Display the IP address of the LAN configuration Display the IP address for each LAN item Such information is set in default and you can not modify it Details Page Click it to access into the setting page Each LAN will have different LAN configuration page Each LAN must be configured in different subnet Force router to use DNS Force Vigor router to use DNS servers configured in server IP address LAN1I LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 instead of DNS servers given settings as specified in by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 124 Dray Te k Inter LAN Routing LAN 1 LAN 4 DMZ PORT Check the box to make the routing among LANs After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration To configure LAN 1 LAN
11. LAN Port Mirror Port Mirror O Enable Disable Mirror port WaN4 Mirrored port Pi CIWAN 1 CIWAN 2 CIWAN 3 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Port Mirror Check Enable to activate this function Or check Disable to close this function Mirror Port Select a port to view traffic sent from mirrored ports At present only WAN4 will be treated as mirror port When Port Mirror is enabled the Mirror Port WAN4 will be disabled Mirrored port Select which ports LAN port or WAN port are necessary to be mirrored P1 represents LAN port After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 137 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is
12. Mu Documents 27 7 v2k6_250_config_1 hy Computer My Network Dave as type Configuration file w i Dray Tek 319 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ae Click Restore ta upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 320 Dray Te k 4 15 7 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments system Maintenance gt SysLog
13. Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 176 Dr ay Te k Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Hame Interface Address Type Mac Address Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection oo Yoo Yoo yoo Yoo Yon l Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Name Interface Address Type MAC Address Description Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface n Y LAM DM R TAPIN WAT For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address ongle Address Range Address Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be controlled 177 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description Start IP Address Type the start
14. WLAN Card Ema If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card em OP CO res PIN Code of Station For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer A WPS only supports in WFA MWEL2 PRE Mode Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Dray Tek 283 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status SSID Authentication Mode Device Configure Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Configured DrayTek Disable Note WPS can help your wireless client automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled WPS is Enabled Waiting for WPS requests from wireless clients Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable WPS WPS Status SSID Authentication Mode Configure via Push Button Configure via Client PinCode Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable WPS setting Display related system information for WPS If the wir
15. Yes No Optional MPPE Username Password IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP start LAN 1 192 LAN 2 192 LAN 3 192 LAN 4 192 Note Group Distinguished Name is not a MUST required option for the AD LDAP configuration However you may need sometimes to separate certain accounts authority with it For example the Base Distinguished Name BDN is ou people dc ms dc draytek dc com There is a lot of accounts information But only several of them you may prefer to grant the authority of VPN dial up For such case you will have to use this Group Distinguished Name feature separate those accounts Click OK to save the configuration Configure the AD LDAP profiles for different departments supposed that there several departments in your company e g RD1 RD2 Applications gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Active Directory General Setup LDAP Profiles Distinguished Name cn vpni1 ou Group dc ms dc draytek dc com cn vpn2 ou Group dc ms dc draytek dc com 1 2 ae 4 J 6 iP o 41 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 9 Setup two applications profiles named PC1 and PC2 for SSL VPN SSL VPN gt gt SSL Application SSL Applications Profiles Host Address Service 192 168 1 10 5900 VNC 192 168 1 11 3389 RDP SrrerrPrrrepne KOK K K A MR HR NM g g 10 Setup two SSL Web Proxy Servers profiles named google and baidu
16. _ RowNo 5 w PageNo 14 Vigor Series Your Device List a Pecos 104001703857 Yigor2 710 Yigor2 710 h Customer survey 200807100001 YigorPro5300 YigorPro5300 200311030001 ryan VigorPro5300 Note Below the field of Your Device List all the Vigor routers that you have registered to MyVigor website will be displayed in sequence Dr ay Tek 33 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 When the following page appears please type in Nickname for the router and choose the right registration date from the popup calendar it appears when you click on the box of Registration Date After adding the basic information for the router please click Submit D About Us My Product e Product J My Information 4 ij VigorACS SI Serial number i lt Vigor Series Nickname vigor3200 Management Registration Date 08 24 2011 Product Usage Select M Registration Product Rating Seled ini Customer Survey 9 Your opinion so far No of Employees Select In total within your company Supplier _ Where you bought it from Date of Purchase i mm dd yyyy internet Connection O Cable O ADSL O VOSL C Fiber O 3G O WiMAX O LTE 6 When the following page appears your router information has been added to the database Click OK to leave this web page and return to My Information web page Your device has been successtully added to the database 6 Take a look at
17. 7 Dr ay Tek 87 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application gt gt USB User Management Click Enable to enable FTP Samba User account Here we add a new account userl and assign authorities Read Write and List to it USB Application gt gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User Enable Disable Username user Password Access Rule Maximum 11 Characters File lRead MlWrite Delete Directory Vlist Jcreate Remove Note The folder name can only contain the folowing characters A Z a z 0 9 _ le3 and space Click OK to save the configuration 4 Make sure the FTP service is running properly Please open a browser and type ftp 192 168 1 1 Use the account user1 to login Log On As Either the server does not allow anonymous logins or the e mail address was not accepted FTF server 192 168 1 1 After vou log on you can add this server to vaur Favorites and return to it easily FTF does not encrypt or encode passwords or data before sending them to the server To protect the security of your passwords and data use Web Folders CW eboai instead Learn more about using Web Folders Log on anonymously Save password Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 88 Dr ay Te k 5 When the following screen appears it means the FTP service is running properly File Edit View Favorites
18. DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Next click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to do the verification CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 4 Default 5 ra 6 J i 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Detault Message Cache L1 L2 Cache lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt br gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from t51IP 4 lt br gt to tURLt lt br gt that is categorized with CL lt br gt has been blocked by tRNAME Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for furt
19. Factory Reset Gos WAN WANG After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request Dray Te k 345 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 346 Dray Te k
20. IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES F AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username PPTP eee Password C L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Specify Remote YPN Gateway 7 Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre shared Key fe 220 135 240 208 Digital Signaturecs 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES v AES Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 60 Dray Te k 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gateway IP ooo iol first subnet ta remote network you have to o Remote Network IP 192 168 1 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 tacai Netral Ip 192 168 1 1 l Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore Dr ay Tek 61 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 6 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below il
21. Local Network Mask Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Call Direction C Both Dial Out Dial in M Always on Fi second s Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Idle Timeout Username Password PPP Authentication PAP CHAP 7 VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key jeeeeeccece Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID Mone Local ID Alternative Subject Name First C Subject Name First None Y Local Certificate IPSec Security Method C Medi ei Tu High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup CI 01010 Username m m on off Password YJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key I Digital Signature x 509 None z Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method V Medium AH High ESP V pes V 3pes M AES Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 4 RIP Direction Disable 7 From first subnet to remote network you have to do Route 7 I Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 92 Status Dray Tek 5 Click OK to save the configuration 6 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Add these VPN profiles to the VPN Trunk and set Load Balance as the Attribute Mode Load Balance Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Acti
22. Multi WAN Security Router yigor3200 pr Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V1 5 Vigor3200 Series Multi WAN Security Router User s Guide Version 1 5 Firmware Version V3 3 7 2 for future update contact DrayTek Date 17 09 2012 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide ii Dray Te k Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2012 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Dray Tek Read the quick start guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or
23. Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test and Password test Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic ONS Account WAR Interface WANI First Service Provider dyndns org iww dyndns org ka Service Type Dynamic w Login Name chronicBBS3 0 mas 64 characters Password Core max 23 characters O Wildcards C Backup Mx C Force WAN IP Update Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable the current account If you did Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WAN Interface WANI WAN2 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WANS as the first channel for such account If WAN 1 WAN2 WANS3 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 as the only channel for such account 215 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description WANT First WANT First Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Typ
24. System Maintenance Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Diagnostics WAN1 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 External Devices WAN2 Connected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 103 172 16 1 1 WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 Support Area WAN4 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 Application Note WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 FAQ Product Registration os User Mode is OFF now 4 1 WAN Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Moreover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC Dray Te k 101 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From
25. Yo L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics OK Clear Cancel OK 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS And click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Name HTTPS DiffServ CodePoint Saree ENPE NO Status Local Address Remote Address 1 Active Any Any ANY ANY Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 68 Dray Tek 7 Click Setup link for one of the WAN interface Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Dass Cinsa miss Others aaah ane 1 2 a Control Statistics WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 1LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Senp WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN4 Disable LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 25 25 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Fule Service Type Class 1 E mail Edit Class 2 HTTPS Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Se
26. 10 sec TCP WWW 60 sec TCP SYN 60 sec Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 148 Dr ay Tek NAT gt gt Port Triggering Port Triggering Setto Factory Default Index Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incoming Port Status sera ee gt eS i F A k x KOK K KX W KH HK WX R k Pl D a T Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Comment Display the text which memorizes the application of this rule Triggering Protocol Display the protocol of the triggering packets Triggering Port Display the port of the triggering packets Incoming Protocol Display the protocol for the incoming data of such triggering profile Incoming Port Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering profile Status Display 1f the rule is active or de active Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Port Triggering No 1 C Enable Service Comment ee Triggering Protocol Triggering Port ee Incoming Protocol Incoming Port er Note The Triggering Port and Incoming Port should be input like this 123 456 777 789 legal 123 456 789 legal but 123 456 789 illegal Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Enable Description Check to enable this entry 149 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Service Comment Triggering Protocol Triggering Port Incoming Protocol Incom
27. Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTek Broadcom 440 10 100 Ir Configure This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks a File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks fm 0s Packet Scheduler Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectivity Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 340 Dr ay Te k 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports thie capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Use the folowing ONS server addresses ar ees For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure Pv4 aa Network Aae a Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet TCP
28. Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any 167 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Block Ping of Death Block ICMP Fragment Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages Description fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any ICMP packets with more frag
29. Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status i w 2 rs 3 w d JA w 6 W Ba a w sla w 10 W lt lt 1 40 11 20 2130 3140 gt gt Next gt gt Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used by such index Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the Service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Dr ay Tek 145 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC End Part Protocol Start Port End Port 4700 6 4700 Protocol 4500 LUPE UEP i AOON UOUN Available settings are explained as follows i A Item Description Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry C
30. If you want to remove the diskette from USB port in router please click Disconnect USB Disk first And then remove the USB diskette later USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status No Disk Connected Disk Capacity 0 MB Free Capacity OMB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 308 Dray Tek Each item is explained as follows Item Description Connection Status If there is no USB storage disk connected to Vigor router No Disk Connected will be shown here Disk Capacity Display the total capacity of the USB storage disk Free Capacity Display the free space of the USB storage disk Click Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity Index Display the number of the client which connecting to FTP server IP Address Display the IP address of the user s host which connecting to the FTP server Username Display the username that user uses to login to the FTP server When you insert USB diskette into the Vigor router the system will start to find out such device within several seconds 4 14 5 Syslog Explorer Such page provides real time syslog and displays the information on the screen USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog
31. It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Details Page for DMZ DMZ port setting is used for connecting host in DMZ LAN gt gt General Setup DMZ Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage For Routing Usage Enable Server Disable Server IP Address Start IP Address 192 166 5 10 Subn
32. L Enable Web Syslog Refresh Clear Syslog Type Display Mode Time Message For Web Syslog Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Enable Web Syslog Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be displayed ser w Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose Dray Te k 309 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description otop record when fulls Stoo record when fulls Always record the new event Stop record when fulls when the capacity of syslog is full the system will stop recording Always record the new event only the newest events will be recorded by the system Time Display the time of the event occurred Message Display the information for each event For USB Syslog This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk USB Application gt gt Syslog Explorer Web Syslog USB Syslog Folder n a File n a Page n a Log Type n a Time Log Type Message Each item is explained as follows Item Description Time Display the time of the event occurred Log Type Display the type of the record Message Display the information for each event Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 310 Dray Te k 4 15 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time set
33. O0al 21 00a6 7c 0089 63 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 O0babt Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the pe Dray Tek Item Description best utilization of network resources After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Te k 157 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments i Default Call Filter 2 Default Data Filter 8 ai ai 4 10 as ti To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Default Call Filter Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down L uP Down L uP Down L UP Down L UP Down e L UP Down L UP Next Filter Set Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filte
34. Off 5 O Blinking r Off Vigor3200n Multi WAN Security Router WAN 1 2 3 a DMZ LAN USB Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting Wireless access point is ready Ethernet packets are transmitting over wireless LAN The WLAN function is inactive The VPN tunnel is active The WANI WAN4 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 1000Mbps The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Dray Tek Wirelass LAR DNDFFIWES Interface Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS Factory Reset WANI WAN4 DMZ LAN USB PWR ON OFF Dray Tek Description Too DMZ Press Wireless LAN
35. Please be noted that Common Name must be configured with rotuer s WAN IP or domain name After clicking GENERATE the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modity server f C TW ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu d Requesting lew Delete WEW Delete oe DEE fee lew Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH IMPORT Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server then import it as Local Certificate If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party you may import it directly The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a private key Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information There are three types of local certificate supported by Vigor router Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 268 Dr ay Tek Cerificate Management gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Upload Local Certificate Select a local certificate file certificate fle Ra Click Import ta upload the local certificate Upload PKCS12 Certificate Select a PECS1 2 file pesze SSCS Password Click Import ta upload the PECS12 file Upload Certificate and Private Key Select a certificate file and a matchable Private Key Click Import ta upload the local certificate and private key Available settings are explain
36. Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service Application Name fF Application Remote Desktop Protocol ROP IP Address LF Port Screen Size 10247768 s00 600 Ss EEE Cancel IP Address Type the IP address for this protocol Port Specify the port used for this protocol Screen Size Chose the screen size for such application Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 298 Dr ay Te k Samba Application Any remote user can upload download delete certain files on a local samba server through web browser with this application SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service application Name a Application samba Application a Note Samba Path format must be entered as io directory or Computer Name directory Samba Path Specify the path for this application 4 13 4 User Account For SSL VPN identity authentication and power management are implemented through deploying user accounts Therefore the user account for SSL VPN must be set together with remote dial in user web page Such menu item is similar to VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in user SSL VPN gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default View AIl OOnline Offline OL Search Index User Active Status Index User Active Status 1 227 d 17 C ane 2 aa d ae 18 Fj pii 3 777 d aa 19 F n 4 27272 d aoe 20 Fj 77 d a 21 Oo
37. Tre Vigor This is an example of Bulletin feature of Vigor Routers 1 John please pay your rent 2 Mary please collect your electricity bill in the mailbox 3 Josh could t manage to reach you but your parents were looking for you urgently Please refer to 3 4 How to Customize Your Login Page for more details Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 318 Dray Te k 4 15 6 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file es 2 Click Restore to upload the file Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File Ye sd config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself my Documents oo p My Computer My Recent Elmy Network Places Documents OP pe y S COM Lite E 9 MWSnap3oo gt TeleDanmark C Tools i config v2k2_232_config_i
38. fo Tunnel 2 wan2 weight o Tunnel 3 weight Tunnel 4 weight Backup Active Master Slave E z E W Now one pair VPN trunk between Vigor3200 192 168 1 0 24 and Vigor3300 192 168 33 0 24 has be established Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 96 Dr ay Te k Scenario 2 Two pair VPN Trunk Vigor3300 Vigor3200 Dial in Dial out WAN1 202 211 110 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 1 WAN1 202 211 110 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 2 WAN2 202 211 120 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 3 WAN2 202 211 120 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 4 LAN1 192 168 33 0 24 ae LAN2 192 168 10 0 24 LAN 192 168 1 0 24 oa _ WANS 202 211 130 100 WANS 202 211 130 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 6 Internet GRE WAN 10 0 0 5 WAN4 202 211 140 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 7 WAN4 202 211 140 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 8 IPSec GE VPN Tunnel Vigor3200 as VPN client dial out site LAN 192 168 1 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 1 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 2 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 3 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 4 WAN 3 IP 202 211 130 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 5 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 6 WAN 4 IP 202 211 140 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 7 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 8 Vigor3300 as VPN server dial in site LANI1 192 168 33 0 24 LAN 192 168 10 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 2 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 1 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 4 Remote G
39. ll need to type in the Regular DN and Regular Password Enter the IP address of LDAP server Type a port number as the destination port for LDAP server Check it to enable LDAP over SSL LDAPS which is a common method of securing LDAP communication Type this setting if Regular Mode is selected as Bind Type Specify a password if Regular Mode is selected as Bind Type You can configure eight AD LDAP profiles These profiles would be used with User Management for different purposes in management Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP General Setup Inde Name Setto Factory Default Active Directory LDAP Profiles Distinguished Name Click any index number link to open the following page Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP gt gt Server Profiles Index No 1 Name Common Name Identifier Base Distinguished Name RD 1 uid a ou Yprusers dezme dezdraytek dc com Group Distinguished Name cn pn ou Group dc ms dc draytek dc c OR Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 222 Dray Tek Item Description Name Type a name for such profile Common Name Type or edit the common name identifier for the LDAP server Identifier The common name identifier for most LDAP server is cn Base Distinguished Type or edit the distinguished name used to look up entries on Name Group the LDAP server
40. oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always an Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 142 Dr ay Te k WAN 1 Choose Private IP or Active True IP first None w Active True IP selection is available for WAN1 only WAN 1 Private IF Active True IP h Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host 3 m19 EOR 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WANS WANS WAN 1 Private IP Private IP 192 168 1 11 f MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host loo foo foo foo foo J Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on DMZ Host for WAN2 WANS are slightly different with WAN1 See the following figure NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAHI WAN WANS WAN4 WANS WAN 3 Enable Private IP icy 0 0 0 0 Choose PC Dray Tek 143 Vigor32
41. pass Block SSL VPN D SSL Web Proxy F gforge SSL F web SSL F portal SSL F webadmin SSL F portalmanager SSL F huagai SSL Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 300 Dr ay Te k 4 13 5 User Group There are 10 user group profiles which can be created for authentication by LDAP server Such profiles will be used by applications such as User Management VPN and etc SSL VPN gt gt User Group SSL User Group Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status x SrerrPrPrepe SS Se eS Se KS He A Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Display the number of the client which connecting to FTP server Name Display the name of the group profile Click any index number link to open the following page for detailed configuration SSL VPN gt User Group Index No 1 C Enable GroupName Access Authority L SSL Web Proxy L SSL Application Authentication Methods C Local User DataBase Available User Accounts Selected User Accounts Co C RADIUS L LDAP Actice Directory Dr ay Te k 301 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enable such profile Group Name Type a name for such profile Access Authority Specify the authority for such profile Authentication Methods It can determine the authentication method used for such profile Local User DataBase The system will do
42. this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 110 Dr ay Tek Item Description E WAH IE Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Sieh WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 1f2 16 4 229 D Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Address or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP in WAN1 WAN4 For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Static or Dynamic IP mode from Internet Access menu The following web page will be sho
43. 00b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 O0ba ot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance Dr ay Te k 163 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule DrayTek Banner Please uncheck this box and the following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web page The default setting is Enabled The requested Web page has been blocked by Web Content Filter Please contact your system administrator for further information Powered by Draytek Strict Security Checking All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall settings configured by Vigor router When the resource is inadequate the packets will be blocked if Strict Security Checking is enabled If Strict Security Checking is not enabled then the packets will pass through the router Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 164 Dray Te k Dray Tek Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even
44. 100 Peer GRE IP 192 168 601 200 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP foo RIP Direction TURY Both Remote Gateway IP foo Pii first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 152 168 1 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Nore B Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 JK Clear Cancel Dray Te k 261 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Advanced Load Balance and Backup After setting profiles for load balance you can choose any one of them and click Advance for more detailed configuration The windows for advanced load balance and backup are different Refer to the following explanation Advanced Load Balance S hiip 192 168 1 1 FPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Intenet Explorer amea VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Balancel Load Balance Algorithm Pound Robin O Weighted Round Robin VPN Load Balance Policy Auta Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 w Edit Insert after Tunnel Bind Table Index Active Binding Dial Out Profile i 1 128 Lill Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 255 255 255 255 Dest IP Start Dest Port Start lih End 255 255 255 255 End 65535 Protocol TCP UDP v 255 Detail Information VPM Load Balance Frofile name Balancel amp Alqorithm Round Robin Ss Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile
45. 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 192 168 1 6 255 255 255 0 When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Dial OQut Through L Always on Server IP Host Name for PM e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Peer IQ Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Dray Tek 2a Pyr WANT First w 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 i i Cancel Vigor3200 Series User s Guide When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP Settings Profile Name VPN Dial OQut Through LI Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask VPN 1 WAN First draytek com 192 166 1 6 255 255 255 0 When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client LTF over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profila Name VPN Dial OQut Through O Always an Server IP Host Name for VPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 8
46. 168 1 5 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Wireless LAN LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 E emesa erea LAN3 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Diagnostics i LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 External Devices 3 DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 i i Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek i ski WAN Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway WAN1 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 HSS aa aS WAN2 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 103 172 16 3 1 All Rights Reserved WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 Ls WAN4 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 vies sas sss WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 eke 25s a lt Settings to be configured in User Mode will be less than settings in Admin Mode Only basic configuration settings will be available in User Mode Setting in User Mode can be configured as same as in Admin Mode 4 15 5 Login Customization When you want to access into the web configurator of Vigor router the system will ask you to offer username and password first At that moment the background of the web page is blank and no heading will be displayed on the Login window This page allows you to specify background message
47. 412 OAP DICCOVO V e E E E E E E 291 Ne O EAMONN LIS e E E E E E E E E 292 EI TWEE PONa e E E A E E E 293 Ao EVEN o E E E E a yasesuncsasaeasaceee 294 41a General SetU reir a a E E A 294 Ao L WOPO Y er E E E EENEN 295 Aa 8 DOE POD IICAUON srarrsmaner onnea EEE EOE A EE 297 d1 Usor ACCOUNT oean a EER sindunicansinenbas eauaitands 299 ATS USE TOUD e E A T N 301 4 13 6 Online User Salu eaeoe EEEE N EE E E ES 302 AtA UGB APPC atO ae a aE a E E E ee ee ee 304 4 14 1 USB General SettingS cceccccccccecessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeessssaeseeeeseessuaaeeseeeess 304 4 14 2 USB User Manageme n cccccccccssssseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeseeeeeeeesseuaaseeeeeeessssaaaeseeeees 305 4 14 3 File EX DION CN vetscuvieaaiscewenttanasenmnnawenninaauntoniiteeninadiuanaasiiesileusincantgunieersladieerdaeniniainentsansaetieaee 308 4 14 4 USB Disk Status sa oiesicnsoiasnsstaeseces acteeasnavdeniosntiaesstentedease aaseeveessoaleabenieiercs ieeeyeeeeoladesateer 308 4 14 5 Syslog Explore vr casesnscdesesstecsscnnstaisusatennancdevansenasnohsneasdaenanashon eteasatetindesnaeesarnoletmeedeetaees 309 4 15 System Maintenance sicoiir e e EE iE aE 311 A VE U raae aE E TAT EO EA E AEE 311 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide viii Dr ay Tek ATOL TR OD oeei ectec meee oe ea emcee e E ie aE nee 313 4 15 3 Administrator PASSWOMIG ccccsecceccsseececeeeeeecseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaueeeeaaeeessaaeeeeseaseeessseessaaeeees 314 4 15 4 User Password wire sc
48. 697 ms icmp_seq 2 ttl 255 time 6 716 ms icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 times 731 ms icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 72 ms 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Open WAN gt gt Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of each WAN interface to review the settings that you configured previously Dray Tek WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode WAN L Wah wWAMS WEAN 4 WANS Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet ISB 343 Access lode Mone Static or Dynamic IP w Details Page Mone Mone Mone Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection When you have trouble in using 3G network transmission please check the following Check if USB LED lights on or off You have to wait about 15 seconds after inserting 3G USB Modem into your Vigor3200 Later the USB LED will light on which means the installation of USB Modem is successful If the USB LED does not light on please remove and reinsert the modem again If it still fails restart Vigor3200 USB LED lights on but the network connection does not work Check the PIN Code of SIM card is disabled or not Please use the utility of 3G USB Modem to disable PIN code and try again If it still fails it might be the compliance problem of system Please open DrayTek Syslog Tool to capture the connection information WAN Log and send the pag
49. 777 C mee eee 19 777 C oe 20 o oe 74 777 C aoe 22 777 m ae 7 777 C DH er 24 77 C ae anne 25 777 F a ae 26 777 C ees 27 777 o or 28 77 C aes 29 d BoF 30 77 F 7 ee 34 777 C eee Simos 32 777 P etic Next SXX XXX This Dial out profile has already joined for VPN Load Balance Mechanism XXXXXX This Dial out profile has already joined for VPN Backup Mechanism XXXXXX This Dial out profile does not join for VPN TRUNK Each item will be explained as follows Item Set to Factory Default Dray Tek Description Click to clear all indexes 247 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description View All Click it to show all of profiles Online Offline Click it to show the active inactive profiles Trunk Click it to show the profile which VPN tunnel is up Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Active Status Check the box to enable the selected profile Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively To edit each profile Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For
50. Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions VigorPro that are supported in this site include VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key e Activation of Commtouch Anti Spam license key and membership Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best display DrayTek Corp More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the near future Dray Tek i A s for you pad serene LU renee acos Qbk q Vd If you can t read the AuthCode click here Forget password UL Not registered yet Click here Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile 1 Agreement EGrerson al Information Draytek provides My Yvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed
51. Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets 153 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Enable Strict Security Firewall Default Rule Page For the sake of security the router will execute strict security checking for data transmission Such feature is enabled in default All the packets while transmitting through Vigor router will be filtered by firewall If the firewall system e g content filter server does not make any response pass or block for these packets then the router s firewall will block the packets directly Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS Load Balance policy WCF APP Enforcement URL Content Filter AI AV AS for data transmission via Vigor router Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Actions for default rule Application Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter
52. Disable Status C Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when the peer also supports this function Available settings are explained as follows Item Mode Security WEP Pre shared Key Dray Tek Description Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Disable hl There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared Key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router Check this box to use the same key set in Security Settings page If you did not set any key in Security Settings page this check box will be dimmed Type There are some types for you to choose WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g 2920n wireless router you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router 287 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status Description Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performa
53. Dray Tek Item Description external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Details Page for LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 With the multi subnet feature offered by Vigor router LAN2 LAN4 are used for different subnets LAN gt General Setup Lan 2 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration OQ Enable Disable Enable Server Disable Server For NAT Usage For Routing Usage Start IP Address 192 168 3 10 IP Address 192 168 3 1 IP Pool Counts 100 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 3 1 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Network Configuration Click Enable to enable such configuration Click Disable to disable such configuration For NAT Usage Click this item to invoke NAT usage For Routing Usage Click this item to invoke Routing usage IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Dr ay Tek 127 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The Configuration router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client
54. ET QGisabhs Gimable EIMSTP Mirroring Multicast Alarm LWDHGF Snooping LLDP W saveRestore Exportimport ElDiagnestics VLAN Name 3200 VID10 Port Members 15 23 VLAN Name 3200 VID20 Port Members 16 23 VLAN Name 3200 VID30 Port Members 17 23 VLAN Name 3200 VID40 Port Members 18 23 3 Open Vlan gt gt Ports and set the VID value with role for each Port Port 15 VID 10 Role Access Port 16 VID 20 Role Access Port 17 VID 30 Role Access Port 18 VID 40 Role Access Port 23 VID 1 Role Trunk Port 23 is set with Trunk in this example and will transfer the packets with VLAN Tag information That is packets with VID 10 20 30 and 40 will be transferred to Vigor3200 by Port 23 and VID information will be retained Dray Tek 49 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Auto Logout OFF i x 2 LJ All vij 50 access w u isane VigorSwitch G2240 E system 6 x O All v 86 Access 0 Disable El Port 7 7 O All 86 Access 0 Disable Elvian 8 y go All v 86 Trunk 0 Disable Vian Mode Tag based Group 9 gO All ii 84 Access 0 Disable Port based Group 10 7 O All vi 84 Access 0 Disable Port Isolation 11 7 O All i 84 Access 0 Disable Management Vian 1 All E7 4 Trunk A i F Pac 2 z O 8 run 0 Disable EIGVRP 13 O All 2611 Trunk 0 Disable Haos 14 z ad All si 2611 Access 0 Disable Sa E oO
55. Firmware Upgrade Utility software to upgrade router s firmware This server will be closed by itself when the firmware upgrading finished Dray Te k 327 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 15 12 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com System Maintenance gt gt Activation Web Filter License Status Noat Activated Authentication Message Activate via interface auto selected Activate WebFilter Service not activate 2010 06 16 OF 56 56 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the Syslog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Available parameters are explained as follows Item Activate via Interface Activate Authentication Message Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected auto selected The Activate link brings you accessing into http myvigor draytek com t
56. High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field 1s used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LAN Index Profile Name YPN Connection Type PN Dial Out Through Always on Server IP Host Name Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 2 test PPTP None Encryption WANT First No 192 168 1 87 172 16 3 99 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Go to the VPN Connection Management Do another VPN Client Wizar
57. Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Enable Syslog Save to Syslog Server uss Disk Router Name Server IP Address Mail Alert Setup C Enable SMTP Server SMTP Port Mail To Return Path Authentication Destination Port h14 Mail Syslog Enable ae eee fe Enable syslog message Password fs Firewall Log Enable E Mail Alert VPN Log DoS Attack User Access Log IM P2P Call Log VPN LOG WAN Log Router DSL information AlertLog Setup Enable AlertLog Port 514 Note 1 Mail Syslog cannot be activated unless USB Disk is ticked for Syslog Save to 2 Mail Syslog feature sends a Syslog file when its size reaches 1M Bytes a Available parameters are explained as follows Item SysLog Access Setup Router Name Server IP Address Destination Port Enable syslog message AlertLog Setup Dray Tek Description Enable Check Enable to activate function of syslog Syslog Save to Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog server Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB storage disk Display the name for such router configured in System Maintenance gt gt Management If there is no name here simply lick the link to access into System Maintenance gt gt Management to set the router name The IP address of the Syslog server Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of f
58. Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series ae language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet intact R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host Dray Tek 71 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 Double click on the icon of router tool The setup wizard will appear fe Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Cal R18v420 DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup T DrayTek com 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo Pork Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the
59. Name Load Balance Algorithm Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description List the load balance profile name Round Robin Based on packet base both tunnels will send the packet alternatively Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with fixed rate Weighted Round Robin Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with flexible rate It can be divided into Auto Weighted and According to Speed Ratio Auto Weighted can detect the device speed 10OMbps 100Mbps and switch with fixed value ratio 3 7 for packet transmission If the transmission rate for packets on both sides of the tunnels is the same the value of Auto Weighted should be 5 5 According to Speed Ratio allows user to adjust suitable rate manually There are 100 groups of rate ratio for Member1 Member2 range from 1 99 to 99 1 262 Dray Tek Dray Tek VPN Load Balance Policy Below shows the algorithm for Load Balance Edit Click this radio button for assign a blank table for configuring Binding Tunnel After insert Click this radio button to adding a new binding tunnel table Tunnel Bind Table Index 128 Binding tunnel tables are provided by this device Specify the number of the tunnel for such Load Balance profile Active In active Delete can delete this binding tunnel table Active can activate this binding tunnel table Binding Dial Out Index Specify connection type for transmission by choosing the
60. Please enter personal profile Gerson al Information Draytek provides MyVigor my vigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyYigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this 1 Agreement agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons It is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service E Preferences 33 7 3 Y dis after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using My igor service E competion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement EOR Mary Check Account 3 20 characters seee Password ee Ce 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password PTT Personal Information pP eterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address ma
61. Proxy Check this box to enable this function The application of multicast will be executed through WAN port In addition such function is available in NAT mode WANS WADA WANS Enable IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function Multicast traffic will be forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group The available range for IGMP starts from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 254 P1 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 225 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 9 7 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by IP Address MAC Address Result Sonn J Available settin
62. Secondary DNS ins Lease Time Min pao Gateway IP Optional Apply Cancel 3 Click Apply 4 Open VPN gt gt IPSec gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Policy Table to create VPN Trunk policy The way Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 2 to configure the setting is the same as Scenario 1 VPN IPSec VPN Trunk Policy Table we O Ck R O RH ite Connection Name want wan2 wan3 wang Local GRE IP 10 0 0 2 10 0 0 4 10 0 0 6 10 0 0 8 Remote Gateway Remote GRE IP 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 7 Interface VAN WAN WANS WAN Profile Status enable enable enable enable Operational Status up up up up 1 Refresh Edit Delete Delete All 5 Open VPN gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Group Table to group these VPN policies Group two VPN policies as the following figure and then click Apply The way to configure the setting is the same as Scenario 1 VPN YPN Trunk Group Table Profile Status 1 Enable 2 Enable 3 C 4 e 5 0 MEE i 1 3 HEET 10 Name 192 168 33 0 192 168 10 1 Local Subnet 192 168 33 0 24 192 168 10 0 24 Remote Subnet 192 168 1 0 24 192 168 1 0 24 1 Delete Delete All Now two pair VPN trunk between Vigor3200 192 168 1 0 24 and Vigor3300 192 168 33 0 24 has be established Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 100 Dray Tek A Advanced Web Configuration This chapter
63. Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use WCF service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commitouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Activation Date CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter Commtouch Please click Back to re select service type you to activate Wait for a moment till the following page appears Service Activation Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup 27 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection
64. Unlimited Max User Login 0 Unlimited 9 u T lt Policy Default The selection of items could be created as rules and which not set to External Server Authentication None fl A T Ly Log None 51 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 Open System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Check the box to enable this function Type a brief description e g Just for Carrie in the field of Login Description which will be shown on the heading of the login dialog Next click OK System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Login Customization Enable Login Description Just for Carrie 31 char max Bulletin the maximum character length is 511 char lt hit lt b gt lt font color red gt Vigor lt fonte lt bo lt hit lt p gt Welcome to Draytek wor ld lt p gt Examples of Welcome Message and Bulletin 1 lt b gt Message lt b gt 2 chl gt lt font color red gt Title lt ftont gt lt hl gt lt p gt Message lt p gt Note that do not type URL redirect link in Bulletin box Open a new tab in the same browser for IE 7 0 FireFox and above or open a new web browser Try to access into the web configurator e g 192 168 1 1 of Vigor router Please note Just for Carrie is displayed as a heading on the login dialog box Just for Carrie Username carrie Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved D r ay Tek Tre Vigor Welcome to Draytek
65. VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Check this box to make the VLAN settings such as VID priority subnet applying to the LAN port SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID box es for the wireless clients to be grouped under the selected VLAN a Dray Tek Subnet Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN mapping to the specified subnet only For example LAN 1 is specified for VLANO It means that PCs grouped under VLANO can get the IP address es that specified by the subnet After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Note Settings in this page only applied to LAN port but not WAN port 4 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All Sort IF Address Mac Address Index IF Address Mac Address EO CB 4E Da 46 79 DS BS T77 12 AF 9f Add and Edit Mac Address fy eo oe oe OW COI Show Comment Note IP MaAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot acce
66. Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Set to Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 6 J 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt body gt lt center gt lt br gt lt p gt The requested Web page has been blocked by URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Cl
67. You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of the guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Username Password Group Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 3 Please type admin admin on Username Password and click Login For the option of Group it is used to access into SSL VPN portal Just keep it in default For the detailed information about the Group application of SSL VPN portal refer to Chapter 3 Q Notice If you fail to access to the web configuration please go to Trouble Shooting for detecting and solving your problem 4 The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition The default setting is Auto Logout which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes without any operation Change the setting for your necessity Dr ay Tek 13 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 2 Changing Password No matter user mode operation or admin mode operation please change the password for the original security of the router 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to a
68. abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www DrayTek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www DrayTek com iii Vigor3200 Series User s Guide European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu Taiwan 303 Product Vigor3200 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor3200 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950
69. an Account for MyVigor The website of My Vigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filter the web pages for protecting your system To access into My Vigor for getting more information please create an account for My Vigor first 3 11 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click System Maintenance gt gt lt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz 00 04 55 Authenticate 13 continuously connect to the server 2000 01 01 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code AYi GXZ lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact cur customer service Customer Service 880 3 597 2727 oF email to Webmastenadraytek com 3 Click the link of Create an account now Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 80 Dray Tek 4 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account
70. and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9 SYN fragment 2 UDP flood attack 10 Fraggle attack 3 ICMP flood attack 11 TCP flag scan 4 Port Scan attack 12 Tear drop attack 5 IP options 13 Ping of Death attack 6 Land attack 14 ICMP fragment 7 S
71. any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is the more efficiently the Vigor router performs gt Group Object Edit Windows Internet Explorer E http 192 168 1 1docicfkwgob htn Object Group Edit Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group None M Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide th
72. can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Change default route to this VPN tunnel Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel Note that this setting is available only for one WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Management VPN trunk includes four features VPN Backup VPN load balance GRE over IPSec and Binding tunnel policy Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism VPN TRUNK Management is a backup mechanism which can set multiple VPN tunnels as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection not to be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason gt Dray Tek VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in real time VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes single multi 255 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide gt Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN depends on hardware specification gt The web page is simple to understand and eas
73. can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Sean to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no station is allowed to connect with the router See Statistics Addto WDS Settings AP s MAC address Yet b eb yeh dsb Bridge Repeater Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Description Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP The results will be shown on the box above this button Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs Wireless LAN gt gt Site Survey Statistics Recommended channels for usage 1234567891011 12 13 AP number v s Channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Channel Cancel Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of
74. configure detailed settings for the selected Class Service Type Allow to configure detailed settings for the service type When this feature is enabled the VoIP SIP UDP packets will be sent with highest priority ae Dray Tek Item Description SIP UDP Port Set a port number used for SIP This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This feature is available only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN Online Statistics Pefresh Interval seconds Refresh Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OT 25 0 2 OJT 25 0 3 OJT 25 0 4 DIT Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others o 5 10 Eps Dr ay Tek 207 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet t
75. connecting please click Disable for Status in General Setup field How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Memberl and Member2 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile management well 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name 071023 Memberi Please choose the combination that you want Member2 i Please choose the combination that you want ki Please choose the combination that vou want j Attribute Mode No Nane gt Connection Type gt lt PN ServerlIP Private Network gt 1 To A PlacelIPSec 192 168 2 25 20 20 20 0 2 To B Site IPSec 192 168 2 26 20 20 21 0 Add Edit Delete 4 Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expressed in red Vigor3200 Series User s Gu
76. deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN H General Setup Control Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 274 Dray Te k 4 12 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 02 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed 1b 11g l1nj Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup iz Only schedule profiles that have the action Force Down are applied to the WLAN all other actions are ignored Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate Member Isolate YPN a a a 2 D es 2 0 Fe o Po inal Member Wireless clhents stations with the same SSID cannot access for each otner Isolate VPNiisolate wireless with remote dial in and LAN to LAN VPN Channel Channel 6 2437MHz Long Preamble CO Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only lower performance Packet OVERDRIVE Cl Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Rate Control Enable Upload Download SSID 1 o fs0000_ kbps s0000_ kbps SSID 2 o s0000_ kbps fs0000_ kbps S
77. destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT F Port Redirection P DMZ Host P Open Ports P Address Mapping P Port Tiggenng Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 138 Dray Te k 4 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server a
78. detailed information Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here E http 192 168 1 1 docfipfedrady him Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 DrayTek Banner Strict Security Checking APP Enforcement Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box Fit DrayTek Syslog 3 9 197 168 1 1 z AN Information Wh IF Fixed Leelee we la LAN Status T Packets Re Packets Wahl2 IP Fixed 20459 15285 Tool Setup Telnet Read ont Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEP AGE O50 4NSLOEM Traditional Chinese Bago 00a 21 O0a6 Fe 0089 63 O0aa 61 O0ad 2d O0ae 52
79. enabled DHCP server will assign IP address automatically for the clients coming from P1 and or P2 Please check the box of P1 and P2 Use MAC Address Check such box to specify MAC address MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Add Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this button to add Delete Click it to delete the selected MAC address Edit Click it to edit the selected MAC address Cancel Click it to cancel the job of adding deleting and editing After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Route Setup Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status 1 pee 6 eye i 2 hee z f eas cE PrF F amp FTE fe 4 TTT T 9 TTT T D EFT F 10 TTT T Status v Active x Inactive 7 Empty Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next Destination Address Status
80. explained as follows Item Description Dr ay Tek 203 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Limit Enable Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth IP Routed Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth limit to the second subnet specified in LAN gt gt General Setup Disable Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Default TX limit Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Default RX limit Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Allow auto adjustment Check this box to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Specific Limitation Start IP Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth End IP Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth Each Shared Select Each to make each IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the sys
81. for SSL VPN SSL WPN gt SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Setto Factory Default Name URL google http www google com baidu http baidu com lt SrPrrPrPeEe Se x x x SM KX WN X H g 11 Go to SSL VPN gt gt User Group to setup two separate groups named with g1 and g2 with different authorities and different authentication methods SSL VPN gt User Group SSL User Group Profiles Set to Factory Default Status x x x O K WK X X Mf OF 1 2 3 A 5 6 l 8 9 10 Different departments should have separated access authorities For example RD1 can only access Google web site and connect to PC1 via VNC while RD2 can only access Baidu web site and connect to PC2 via RDP Therefore Set the user group profile named g1 for RD1 department Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 42 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek SSL VPN gt gt User Group Index No 1 Enable Group Name 1 Access Authority SSL Web Proxy google SSL Application PC1 baidu E pc2 Authentication Methods Local User DataBase Available User Accounts Selected User Accounts l test 2 caesar RADIUS LDAP Actice Directory RD1 RD2 Set the user group profile named g2 for RD2 department SSL VPN gt gt User Group Index No 2 Enable Group Name g2 Access Authority SSL Web Proxy google baidu SSL Application PC1 PC2 Authentication Methods Local User DataBase Available User Accoun
82. for the VPN server profile 3 After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection dial in type you made When you check PPTP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LTP L2TP over IPSec Authentication Username Password Authentication Type When you check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LETP L2TP over IPSec Authentication Username servert Authentication Type Local User Database IPSec LEeTP over IPSec Authentication LJ Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP VPN Client IP 1 1 1 1 Dr ay Tek 235 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting IPSec f L2TP over IPSec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP YPN Client IP Peer ID Item Profile Name User Name Password Authentication Type Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Avai
83. function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function i Dray Tek Dray Tek Item defense Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Description Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots
84. humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to
85. issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 IC sUSicN vigor Mot Yet Valid lew Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 WEW Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Mame Trusted CA 1 Issuer Ml USreoN vigor Subject IOsUSiehl vigar Subject Alternative Name Valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid Ta Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first Dray Tek 79 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 11 Creating
86. link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Foewell General Setup General Serup Caner Sahip Detant ote Call Filter E Enable C Disable Data Filles i Enable Start Firer Set Sal O Disable ki Accept lange incoming fragmented UDP ar POMP packets for sore games ox CES El Enable Strcet Secunty Firewall Firewall Filter Serup Edit Filled Set Fiber Set 1 Comments Defauh Call Filter Comet Move Up Meve Lown F Block Hothics Dian uP Disi O ain FI E i Hoxt Filter Sot None of Cear Cancel Loe ee eee 165 Firewall gt Filter Shaji Filer Setup Comments faut Call Fitter afault Data Filter L 4 ih amp Firewall gt Pilli Filter Sor gt Edit Flier Rale Filter Set 1 Rule T Fl Check te enable the Filter Ride Coenmidents Indesit 15 mn Sehedele Setup Dinaction Sourme P Destination b Service Type Fragenents Application Filter Branch to Other filter Sar Berton Contral MAC Bng Ir hial of Service Lood fatonce policy Licer Blaise tin ier AEP Entarsamani UAL Casitend Filter Advance Seting Seto Facio Detay Comments ir PEErPrEr Block MetBics LARUE TVEN 2 Yaad w Any Ede Ary Ed TOPAOP Por fom 137 158 1o undefined Eda Don Car
87. ms dc draytek dc com Ou Vpnusers uid tyrone_yeh uid vpntest E uid ichena 4 uid Jacky_Lee uid F erry uid Amy p uid acheng uid mxing uid frank_wang uid iwiz uid Juliasu uig vivian F uid grchang 8 uid dni uid Gareth uid mike uid stephen uid Harry uid jerry 4 Lid Joseph f Uid ethan uid rd3testi uid rd3test2 3 cn vivian_Idap AD LDAP Distinguished Name ou Vpnusers dc ms dc draytek dc com In addition I means this item is an organization means this item is an account 5 Press certain item its Base Distinguished Name BDN will be shown automatically in the AD LDAP Distinguished Name field box Then press OK to Save the profile and return to the previous page Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Set to Factory Default Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Active Directory General Setup LDAP Profiles Distinguished Name cn vpn1 ou Group dc ms dc draytek dc com gt U a flee Pe le 40 Dray Tek Dray Tek After finishing the AD LDAP configuration go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup Check the box of LDAP that you ve enabled in Application gt gt Active Directory LDAP VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP spe Authentication PAP Only Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP
88. not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Item Description Black White List box below Action Log Vigor3200 Series User s Guide None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile 200 Dray Tek Item Description Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 8 Bandwidth Management Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management Bandwidth Management P Sessions Limit H Bandwidth Limit H Quality of Service 4 8 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Dray Te k 201 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Sta
89. or Dynamic IP Details Page a Mone Ethernet PPPoE Static or Dynamic IF eee PPTP L2TP USB 107 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WY ARS Ethernet static or Dynamic IP Sd Details Page WANs ethernet Wana ethernet WARS ISB Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Display the WAN interface Display Name It shows the name of the WANI WAN2 WAN3 W AN4 WANS that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN1 WAN4 Ethernet W ANS 3G USB Modem according to the real network connection Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WAN interface Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 108 Dr ay Tek Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1 WAN4 To choose PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please select PPPoE from the Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s ISP Access Setup i IP Address Assignment Method Username pep WAN IP Alias Password L FikediP Ye
90. seconds Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Router Name Type a name as an identification for such router Management Access Allow management from the Internet Enable the checkbox Control to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Disable PING from the Internet Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default Access List You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three Ps subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Dray Te k 325 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Management Port Setup User Defined Ports Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet HTTP and FIP servers Default Ports Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers SNMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent Check it to enable this function Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a proper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute
91. shows the menu items for Certificate Management Certificate Management gt Local Certificate H Trusted CA Certificate H Certificate Backup 4 11 1 Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify ee s soc levy Bee Ss gt lew GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request window Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request Delete Click this button to delete selected name with certification information GENERATE Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window Type in all the information that the window request such as certifcate name used for identifying different certificate subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name Then click GENERATE again Dr ay Tek 267 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Signing Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address w IP Subject Name Country C4 state 6T J Location 1 GOrginization Unit OJ Po common Name CN D amp S smail E D Key Type Key Size Generate Note
92. the user Idle Time Display the idle timeout setting for such profile Action Block can prevent specified user accessing into Internet Unblock the user will be blocked Logout the user will be logged out forcefully Dr ay Te k 175 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 6 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting b IP Object gt IP Group P Service Type Object H Service Type Group H Keyword Object H Keyword Group H File Extension Object 4 6 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 1 2 18 2 19 4 20 iy 21 6 22 ie 23 8 24 a 25 10 26 11 27 12 28 13 29 14 30 16 32 lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 97 126 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail
93. the page of My Information the new added Vigor router is listed under Your Device List DrayTek A Home My Information D About Us Welcome draytekiar Product Last Login Time 2011 08 24 09 39 13 Last Login From 123 110 144 220 J My Information Current Login Time 7011 08 24 23 01 15 C VigerACS SI Current Login From 114 37 142 184 RowNo 5 PageNo Vigor Series Your Device List 9 Management T a EI a Customer Survey Vigor3300V Vigor3300 ronnen Vigor2820 Vigor2620 2010100510400 Vigor2 710vn Vigor2710 2010121707375701 Vigor2380 Vigor2830 z 2011002214320301 Vigor3200 Vigor3200 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 34 Dr ay Te k Tutorials and Applications 3 1 How to Implement the AD LDAP Authentication for User Management For simplifying the configuration of LDAP authentication for User Access Management we implement Group feature There is no need to pre configure user profile for each user on Vigor router anymore We only need to configure the Groups DN then the Vigor router e g Vigor 3200 series can pass the authentication to LDAP server with the pre defined Group path Below shows the configuration steps 1 Access into the web configurator of the Vigor router 2 Open Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP to get the following page for configuring LDAP related settings Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Set to Factory Default
94. they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the G
95. to notify the administrator iog Dray Tek Active Mode Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Alw Y Z D n Backup Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed according to the Active Mode specified If you choose Always On as Active Mode such interface will be used for access into Internet all the time If you choose Backup as the Active Mode you have to specify which WAN interface will be selected to backup multiple WANs However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN Backup v CIWAN 1 COWAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 4 WAN 5 When any of selected WAN disconnect When all of selected WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when any WAN interface disconnects When all WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when all the WAN interfaces disconnect After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings 4 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports multi WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS for Internet Access Due to different Physical Mode of WAN interface the Access Mode for these connections also varies Refer to the following figures WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name WANT WANS WANS WY AN 4 WANS Dray Tek Physical Mode Access Mode Ethernet Static
96. to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Default Click it to reset to the factory default setting for 3G connection After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 118 Dr ay Tek 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WAN interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when more than two WAN interfaces are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable Protocol P s ee N m N N mN N N N SrcIP SrcIP DestIP Destip OFT Pest move move Down WAN Port Port Start End Start End Start End p lt lt 1 40 11 20 21 30 31 32 gt gt UE Down UE Down UE Down UE Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UE Down UE Down Next gt gt Each item is explained as follows Item Index Enable Protocol WAN Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Move UP Move Down Dray Tek Description Click the number of index to access int
97. used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users The built in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Destination Port 1812 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation After finished the above settings click OK button to save the settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 220 Dr ay Tek 4 9 4 LDAP Active Directory Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP is a communication protocol for using in TCP IP network It defines the methods to access distributing directory server by clients work on directory and share the information in the directory by clients The LDAP standard 1s established by the work team of Internet E
98. v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name on Backup Profile field Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Member on Backup Profile field Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active on Backup Profile field Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Dr ay Tek 257 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Load Balance Profile List Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Type on Backup Profile field Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member2 on Backup Profile field Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is available only when LAN to LAN profile or more is created e http 192 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backup1l ERD Mode Normal O Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance me
99. ve 13 X vee 14 woe 15 x ve 16 faa 17 ore 16 TTY 143 E rr 2 TTY 21 ery Ze aa 23 x rr 24 TTY 25 ee 26 fates B oe x ve 20 faa 29 x vee b When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TP 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPSec 4 L2TP 4 L2TP ower IPSec Bi 5 PPTP None Encryption PPTP Encryption Select VPN Type PPTP None Encryption LA PPTF Mone Encryption PPTP Encryption IPSec LTP LATP over IPSec Nice to Hawe LATP over PSec ilust In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making the Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 228 Dr ay Te k choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP None Encryption Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through CO Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or
100. will guide users to execute advanced full configuration through admin mode operation As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 5 1 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 The window will ask for typing username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for administration operation Now the Main Screen will appear Be aware that Admin mode will be displayed on the bottom left side Multi WAN Security Router Vigor3200 Series E Dray Tek System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version LAZ Online Status Build Date Time Jun 25 2012 15 58 33 WAN LAN LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS NAT LAN1 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Firewall LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 User Management LAN3 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Objects Setting LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 CSM DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Bandwidth Management IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Applications 7 VPN and Remote Access Wireless LAN Certificate Management MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID Wireless LAN 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek SSL VPN USB Application WAN
101. www no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Auto Update interval 14400 Mincs 1 14400 Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active L WANI First w 2 WAL First W 3 WAR L First A w Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Check this box to enable DDNS function Setup Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 214 Dray Te k Dray Tek Item Description Auto Update interval Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS service View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup Active Display if this account is active or inactive
102. x Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection NAT gt Port Redirection Index No 1 C Enable Service Name Protocol WAN Interface ALL ka Public Port Private IP Iji Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Mode Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service Protocol Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP WAN Interface Select the WAN interface used for port redirection Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 140 Dr ay Tek Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Ran
103. 0 65 73 7365 66 67 65 72 07 68 OF 460 61 69 6C 03 63 6F 60 00 00 01 00 01 E6 4 14 00 00 Decoded Format 192 168 1 10 1483 gt 168 95 1 1 domain Pr udp HLen 20 TLen 75 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey C connected 5 static R RIF default private 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 wia 172 166 3 1 WANI D 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected C 172 16 3 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Each item is explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 330 Dray Te k 4 16 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh IF Address Mic Address 192 166 1 10 O0 OE amp 6 2a D5 A1 v2 16 172 16 iF 16 v2 16 1lle OO 40 Ci 68 56 Ba 132 O0 O5 5D E4 ED 66 220 O0 OD 60 6F 63 BC le l 00 0C s
104. 0 Series User s Guide Description Enable Disable Click Enable to enable such configuration click Disable to disable such configuration IP Address Type in IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 0 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Control Disable Deactivate the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable Trigger the router to exchange the entire routing table with the other nodes in the same subnet by sending receiving RIP packets DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 130 Dray Tek IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 10 Use LAN Port Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet If it is
105. 00 Series User s Guide If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS interface you will find them in Aux WAN IP for your selection NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DM Host Setup WAN WAN 3 Index Enable 1 ad ms al WAN WANS WAN4 WANS Aux WAN IP Private IP Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Private IP Choose PC Description Check to enable the DMZ Host function Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host F niao fa OX 142 168 1 10 142 168 1 15 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide i Dray Tek 4 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits
106. 00 Series routers A 09 failed to upgrade Vigor Router s firmware from my Mac machine constantly what should do 10 How to upgrade firmware of Vigor Router remotely FAQ Printer Server 01 How do configure LPR printing on Windows2000 P 02 How do configure LPR printing on Windows9S8 Me 03 How do configure LPR printing on Linux boxes 04 Why there are some strange print out when try to print my documents through Vigor210 4P 2300 s print server What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router 06 What are the limitations in the USB Printer Port of Vigor Router 07 What is the printing buffer size of Vigor Router 08 How do configure LPR printing on Mac OSX 09 How do configure LPR printing on My Windows Vista Note 2 Vigor router supports printing request from computers via the LAN port but not WAN port Dray Tek 11 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide This page is left blank Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 12 Dray Te k Configuring Basic Settings For using the router properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for accessing into the web configurator of Vigor router and how to adjust settings for accessing Internet successfully 2 1 Accessing Web Page 1 Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly
107. 0000Kbps 2595 259 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 259 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 259 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN4 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2595 259 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 21 Mame Test Wo Status Local Address Remote Address Service Type 1 Empty DiffServ CodePoaint For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page 209 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Local Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type moo E wo E AMY ANY Note Please choose setup the Service Type first Available settings are explained as follows Item ACT Ethernet Type Local Address Remote Address Edit DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to invoke these settings Please specify which protocol IPv4 or IPv6 will be used for this rule Click the Edit button to set the local IP address
108. 02 11g or 802 11b wireless client is connected Green Field to get the highest throughput please choose such mode Such mode can make the data transmission happening between 11n systems only In addition it does not have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with neighboring devices of 802 1 la b g 20 the router will use 20Mhz for data transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations ii Dray Tek Item Description 20 40 the router will use 20Mhz or 40Mhz for data transmission and receiving according to the station capability Such channel can increase the performance for data transit Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and reflections for the sensitive digital data If you choose auto as guard interval the AP router will choose short guard interval increasing the wireless performance or long guard interval for data transmit based on the station capability Aggregation MSDU Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes It is used for improving MAC layer s performance for some brand s clients The default setting is Enable After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 12 8 WMM Configuration WMM is an abbreviation of Wi Fi Multimedia It defines the priority levels for four access categories derived from 802 1d prioritization tabs The categories are designed with specific types of traffic voice video best effort
109. 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user
110. 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a
111. 4 DMZ or IP Routed Subnet simply click Details Page to open the settings page Details Page for LAN 1 LANI is the default configuration for basic host connection LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For WAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server IP Address Relay Agent Enable Disable Subnet Mask Start IP Address IF Pool Counts So RIP Protocol control Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent F DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Network Configuration IP Address Type in IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 RIP Protocol Control Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default Enable can activate the RIP protocol DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The Configuration router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for you
112. 4 WANS First While connecting the router will use WAN WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the first channel for VPN connection If WANI fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Only While connecting the router will use WAN WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the only channel for VPN connection Netbios Naming Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between Packet the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Call Direction Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On or Idle Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN Timeout connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection Enable PING to This function is to help the router to determine the status of keep alive IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the ca
113. 7F 00 00 02 Static IP 172 16 3 103 172 16 1 1 Support Area WAN3 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 03 gt gt Application Note WAN4 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 04 6 FAQ WANS Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 05 Ts Sa Ki Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the type of the router you have 4 Goto System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Note Password can contain only a z A Z0 9 lt gt 4 OK Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 14 Dray Tek Enter the login password on the field of Old Password Type New Password and confirm the password Then click OK to continue Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router f Username Password Group Dray Tek Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved 2 3 Quick Start Wizard g Notice Quick Start Wizard for user mode operation is the same as for admin mode operation If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha
114. 9 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium CAH High ESP Username Password Pemote Network IP Remote Network Mask Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 230 ve WANT First w rf 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 il Cancel Dray Tek When you choose L2TP over IPSec Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client L2TP over IPSec Must Settings Profile Name YPN Dial Gut Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for YPN e g draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key ree WANT First w Digital Signature 1 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESF Username Password Pemote Network IP Pemote Network Mask cee 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through Always On Dray Tek Pre Shared Key Description Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANI First WAN2 First WAN3 First W
115. AN orinn orr E a 121 2 E a SN o AE E EE E E ATAA E ATETA 123 A S UC ROU e ra E E E EE E E 131 AeA YEN e E E E sade secs sacaoesnseeseutcenecee ose 134 eT TO MAC eera E E E E gad nssesaguaneeeck 135 ES CLAN POAT O e E E E E E E E 136 ANAF ee E E a ecco ye estuseatarsaeceee 138 43 1 Port Redirection saosin ticemacedesauicesiccriscaesnndonsetanqenstcedecunineeooadedaeiiedaomanadeddesesinctioeieiasndenwecevedoasessuel 139 AZ DMZ ROST a E E E 142 Aoo QS IOS e E E E 145 4 3 4 Address Mapping cccccccssssssseceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeeeesneaseeeceeeeessseaaseeeeeeeessaaasseeeneess 146 439 POr TNggenng eere eE E ee 148 FN e e E E AAE E E A acceso 151 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall ccccccssssccccssseeeceeeeeccesececsaueeecseseeeseaueeecsaueeecseseessaseeeesensesensagss 151 44 2 General SetU seccina ai ieai aiana iaaa Tianan 153 AAS Filer SetuP cenoria u a er a EEEa araia e 158 4 4 4 DoS Defense crate reacrncprgs tiers auton estraw eutornecrsqn aie aealaanaaareine anus dlesbesngopitaiienseutGnusilenbisuusanrinentioaiees 166 4 5 User IW ANAC eHNGIN seaotansne cousrsunsnanessaadvapsanntanseanedyiashcidiuysneedinesineceuatsaatinandesduusinestanenaecuuesmans 169 45 General SEUD sessir reie anen aaa EAE EEEE TEE EE E E a 169 4 5 2 User Profile Reserved ccccccsseccccssseecceesececeeeeecseseeeeeaseeessageeecsageeeseuseeessageeessaeees 170 IS Oi GOOD sorrisos deon rN ENERE EE aen AR Ti 173 3 5 4 User Online Stal vccce
116. AN4 First WANS First While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN1I WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only WAN2 Only WAN3 Only WAN4 Only WANS Only While connecting the router will use WANI WAN2 W AN3 WAN4 WANS as the only channel for VPN connection heck to enable router always keep VPN connection IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key 231 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method User Name Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Peer ID Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down list Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active
117. Advance Setting Action Profile Syslog Fass d 11 Z 120000 Mone w Auto Select Mone Mone Mone m N N 1 Default ka 4 Edit Available settings are explained as follows Item Filter Sessions Control Quality of Service Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the filter rules Filter The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related os Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Load Balance Policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Description section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy Auto Select Auto Select Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile fo
118. Display the VPN connection mode such as PPTP or IPSec Remote IP Display the IP address of remote peer Virtual Network Display the remote network IP address with subnet address Tx Pkts Display the transmission packets passing through such VPN channel Tx Rate Display the transmission rate for data through such VPN tunnel Rx Pkts Display the receiving packets passing through such VPN channel Rx Rate Display the receiving rate for data through such VPN tunnel Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 266 Dr ay Tek 4 11 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as your name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below
119. Dr ay Tek Item Description fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication Dial In PPP Encryption Optional MPPE This option represents that the MPPE MPPE Optional MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional WIPPE o Optional WIPPE Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data Mutual Authentication The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to PAP communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer Assigned IP Start
120. E Client to connect with Auto Configuration Server Port Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might change port number for CPE The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or 313 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description click Disable to close the mechanism of notification STUN Settings The default is Disable If you click Enable please type the relational settings listed below Server IP Type the IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the port number of the STUN server Minimum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the minimum period The default setting is 60 seconds Maximum Keep Alive Period If STUN is enabled the CPE must send binding request to the server for the purpose of maintaining the binding in the Gateway Please type a number as the maximum period A value of 1 indicates that no maximum period is specified After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 15 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Note Password can contain only a z A Z0 9 lt 4 gt F Available parame
121. E E7 79 989 141 O0 11 a2F C7 39 08 133 O0 50 7F 23 4D B1 179 O0 11 2F 45 15 F2 wal O0 05 5D 41 26 FF a OO 11 Ds 66 O0D AE 18 DO S0 F C 2F 3D 17 151 O00 50 7F 2F 33 FF 19 OO OD 60 6F 689 Ci 172 16 lv2 16 v2 16 iF 16 v2 16 172 16 172 16 v2 16 OOF i Od od w Ad a a d d d Each item is explained as follows Item Description Clear Click it to clear the whole table Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assigned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh 192 168 1 17 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On IP Address Mac Address Leased Time HOST ID 192 165 1 10 EFO CB 4E Da 46 79 142 37 18 720 Carrie OcTch251 192 1668 1 255 00 S50 7F C9 B7 3C CONFLICTED IF 152 168 1 0 0O0 S0 7F C9 B7 3C CONFLICTED IF 192 168 1 1 OO S0 7F CS B7 3C CONFLICTED IF DM Port 192 1668 9 1 255 255 255 0 DHCP server On Index IP Address Mac Address Leased Time HOST ID 192 166 9 255 00 50 7F C9 B7 3C CONFLICTED IF 192 168 9 0 O00 S50 7F C9 B7 3C CONFLICTED IF 152 168 9 1 00 S50 7F C9 B7 3C CONFLICTED IF Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Index It displays the connection item number Dr ay Tek 331 Vigor3200 Series
122. Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address You can configure up to four start IP addresses for LAN1 LAN4 LDAP Server Profiles Configured LDAP profiles will be listed under such item for PPP Authentication Simply check the one you want to enable the PPP authentication by LDAP server profiles However if there is no profile listed simply click the link of PPTP LDAP Profile to create add some new LDAP profiles you want For the detailed information of LDAP application refer to section 3 1 and 3 2 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 239 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 10 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IP
123. IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies IP Address 5 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now Dray Tek 341 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows L Ds 4 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows AFP Version 5 1 2688 lt C gt Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time l
124. IP address for Single Address type End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected Invert Selection If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it 1s chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index Mame Index i FD Department i 2 Financial Dept 18 3 HR Department 19 4 20 J 21 4 6 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name Ga fed fad PR I I I I a fee fe fe Mo ee ee Sie ee ee ee oe i e SFear FeopRPESbrerrerereree Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this IP group profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 178 Dr ay Tek Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Mame Administration Interface Available IP Objects Selected IP Objects 1 RD Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HF Department Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the availab
125. In Type PIN Code C IPSec Tunnel Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key CO Specify Remote Node fe Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number D i Digital Signaturet 509 or Peer 1D 00 C L2TP with IPSec Policy Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block IPSec Security Method Multicast via YPN OPass Bluck Medium Al l for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Hight ESP DES IDES AES Subnet O Assign Static IP Address mo Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary software to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www DrayTek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host J Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP See Step 0 This step will add the ProhibitlpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a LATP IPSec connection using a pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more information please read the article 240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connec
126. L VPM INFO SSL Application Click Connect to establish an SSL Application Home SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel SSL Application Access methods for SSL Web Proxy I SSL SSL Web Proxy 55L Tunnel SSL Application Use SSL Application I VNC google Pci 45 2008 logout DrayTek Corp All Rights logout J 192 168 1 10 5900 100 Connect 008 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 3 How to Configure Multi Subnet By identifying the tagged message Vigor3200 can divide the LAN Port into several VLAN groups Such LAN port with tagged information will accept the packets only with VLAN ID number For example Vigor3200 can divide the internal departments of a company into four different groups by using VigorSwitch G2240 Each group uses different network segment and does not connect for each other VigorSwitch G2240 Trunk Port 23 and Vigor3200 LAN Port are connected with network cable See the following graphic for an example Vigor3200n Nigar G2240 Se ae j Ea Fa H ye d ay k Ar 4 VLANS apt N2 R amp P Vea pept VLAN pept yLAN pinan VR L pept VLANO Human Resource LAN Port IP 192 168 1 0 24 VLANI Finance Dept LAN Port IP 192 168 2 0 24 VLAN2 Sales Dept LAN Port IP 192 168 3 0 24 VLAN3 R amp D LAN Port IP 192 168 4 0 24 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 46 Dr ay Te k Configuration for Vigo
127. LAN Choose the tab of 802 1Q VLAN Configure the settings as the following figure Advanced LAN VLAN Setting Disable Port Base VLAN 802 1Q VLAN Port Base VLAN 802 10 VLAN Group Index Active Name VLAN ID Member Frame Tag Operation p1 P2 P3 P4 p1 p2 P3 P4 1 m s fo o e O O m Untagged P Tagsed B Tassed fsa wf 2 m e ea WM O m Tagged E Untagged Tassed E Ma 3 m m e fF fF mM m tagged B Tagsed Ef untassea E a I 4 sR fF PF PF M fragged z Tassea Tagsed Untagsea z M Enable management port for P4 T Enable packet forwarding between VLANs Port Setting p1 p2 P3 P4 Port VLAN ID jo pi e2 fs Apply Reset Cancel 2 Next open Network gt gt LAN Set two LAN subnet LAN1 192 168 33 0 24 and LAN2 192 168 10 0 24 Network LAN LAN2IP DHCP LANSIP DHCP LAN4IP DHCP DHCP Relay Agent IP Routing IP Configuration IP Address 192 168 331 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Status Enable Disable Relay Agent Start IP 192 168 33 10 End IP fi92 168 33 254 Primary DNS E Secondary DNS sis Lease Time Min haoo Gateway IP Optional tsi i zSzO Apply Cancel Network LAN LANIP OHCP A LANS IP DHCP LAN4IP DHCP DHCP Relay Agent IP Routing IP Configuration IP Address 192 168 10 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server Status C Enable Disable Relay Agent Start IP 192 168 10 10 End IP 192 168 10 254 Primary DNS CA
128. Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with HEX Example Contents backdoo 07 virus keep 200ut Result 1 backdoor 2 virus 3 keep out Available settings are explained as follows Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 184 Dray Te k Item Description Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Name to fd fad Ih I JRO IR Imo Ro JRO IRD RO w fee foe fan S Ro fe JS fe feo joo fom e feo Ino a e fe loo amp Bo e e ee pEr reme pe e y eB Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dr ay Tek 185 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword G
129. Method Description connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection Specify Remote VPN Gateway You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings User Name This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Password This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression VJ Compression is used f
130. Next Cancel Obtain an IP address automatically the router will get an IP address automatically from DHCP server Specify an IP address you have to type relational settings manually IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway Type the IP address of the gateway Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router Second DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Type the IP address of the server Click it to return to previous setting page Click it to get into the next setting page Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface Physical Mode Physical Type Internet Access WANT Ethernet Auto negotiation PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Cancel 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 7 Dray Tek 2 3 1 3 Static IP Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type l Quick Start Wizard Connect to Inte
131. OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 1 3 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT VPN CSM USB WANT WAN Factory Reset DoS WAN WANA 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 1 3 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again Dray Te k 339 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows l 2 3 The example is based on Windows XP As to the examples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www DrayTek com Go to Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication
132. ON OFF WPS button once to wait for client device making network connection through WPS Press Wireless LAN ON OFF WPS button twice to enable WLAN LED on or disable WLAN LED off wireless connection Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Connecters for remote networked devices Connecter for local DMZ host Connecter for local network devices Connecter for 3G Modem or printer Connecter for a power adapter Power Switch 5 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the cable Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to the LAN port of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer Or use a switch to connect Vigor router and computer s 3 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 4 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinki
133. PP Enforcement Filter As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time To address these needs we provide CSM functionality URL Content Filter To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packe
134. Policy ione zj YJ Compression on off Server IP Host Name for VPN IKE Authentication Method such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 pre Shared Key 202 211 110 100 IKE Pre Shared Key ooooeeeeoe Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID None Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate None zj IPSec Security Method C Medi eid ae te High ESP DES without Authentication x Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username V PPTP Password M IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone z IKE Authentication Method H pre T Specify Remote VPN Gateway I Pre Shared Key Peer YPN Server IP _IKE Pre Shared Key Pre Shared Key I Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID None z Local ID C Alternative Subject Name First C Subject Name First IPSec Security Method M Medium AH High ESP M pes M 3pes M AES P fio 0 0 1 10 0 0 2 RIP Direction Disable From first subnet to remote network you hawe to do Route a I Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 4 Gre over IPSec Settings Enable IPSec Dial O tt function I Logical Traffic My GRE I 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP a Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 182 168 1 1 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0
135. RE IP 10 0 0 3 WAN 3 IP 202 211 130 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 6 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 5 WAN 4 IP 202 211 140 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 8 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 7 Settings for Vigor 3200 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt gt LAN to LAN 2 Create LAN to LAN profile 1 4 Setting configuration is the same as Scenario 1 The differences are Remote Network IP of Profile 1 and Profile 2 must be 192 168 33 0 24 and Remote Network IP of Profile 3 and Profile 4 must be 192 168 10 0 24 LAN to LAN Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Hame Status Index Hame Status J J J Paa wani only Y wanz only wana only wang only 1 a Sa ea a ee x Oe ee n Phd Pm PPP PP Pmt Pu a Pham mee PEE PEEB BEB ss amp 1 a ES YX YK KY KX KX KX KH KH KH pa BRE Bereme a e H N e Dray Tek 97 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Add these VPN profiles to the VPN Trunk and set Load Balance as the Attribute Mode Setting configuration is the same as Scenario 1 Profile 1 and Profile 2 are one pair Profile 3 and Profile 4 are the other pair Load Balance Profile List Set to Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to L4AN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present atatus Name Merberi Active Type Hember Active Type wanlwane 1 YES IPSec 2 YES IPSec vani want 3 YES IPSec 4 YES IPSec Advanced waniwan Gen
136. RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the neighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 132 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek 2 Click the LAN gt gt Static Route and click on the Index number 1 Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt Static Route Setup Index No 2 Enable Destination IP Address 211 100 88 0 Subnet Mask 255 255 2550 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 3 Network Interface LANT 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key connected 5 static R RIF defa
137. Remote GRE IP Advanced waril leese 0 ese il Enable kl vani default fio 0 0 2 default m 0 0 0 0 FO 0 0 0 for dynamic client fio 0 0 1 3 Click Apply to save the configuration and return to previous page Choose Index 2 for 4 Dray Tek configuring another VPN Trunk policy In this page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN IPSec YPN Trunk Policy Table Edit Basic Profile Status Enable Name wan2 Authentication Preshared Key Preshared Key eoe Security Protocol ESP gt NAT Traversal Enable H Local Gateway WAN Interface WAN2 Local Certificate B Security Gateway default Local GRE IP fi0 0 04 Next hop defaut Remote Gateway Remote ID SSS Security Gateway f 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 for dynamic client Remote GRE IP fio 0 03 95 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 5 Click Apply to save the configuration 6 Open VPN gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Group Table to group these two VPN policies VPN VPN Trunk Group Table Profile Status Name Local Subnet Remote Subnet O00 000000 9 1 Edit Delete Delete All 7 Choose Index 1 and click Edit Add these two VPN profiles wan1 and wan2 to a VPN Trunk YPN YPN Trunk Group Table Edit Profile Status Disable Enable Mame Jig2 168 33 0 Local Subnet Jig2 168 33 0 fe Remote Subnet Jig2 16 1 0 izd ZEN ZEE Tunnel 1 vani weight
138. SID 3 o suid kbps 50000 kbps SSID 4 o pooo kbps S0000 kbps Note range 100 50 000 kbps Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to 11n Only 11g Only Mixed 11b 11g Mixed 1la 11n Mixed 11g 11n and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Dr ay Tek 275 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Index 1 15 Hide SSID SSID Isolate Channel Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Mixed 11b 11g 11n 11g Only lin Only Mixed 11b 1 1g Mixed 11g 1 in Mixed 1a 11n l Mized 11b 11g 11n In which 802 11b g operates on 2 4G band 802 1 1a operates on 5G band and 802 11n operates on either 2 4G or 5G band Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID wil
139. SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 4 15 10 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot All the schedules can be set previously in Applications gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click Reboot Now To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now The router will take few seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal ope
140. Sec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over IPSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN ta LAN IKE Authentication Method Certificate for Dial in Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium 4H Data will be authentic but will not be encrypt
141. Session Name office VPM Server IF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 165 1 1 User Mame draytek_userl Password TEETE Type of YPN PPTP LET IPSec Tunnel COL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to build connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 66 Dr ay Te k 3 7 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in other room 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction esa Gass Glass Others T ee 1 2 d Control statistics WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN2 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 2596 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WaAN4 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 2596 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 259 2596 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Ma
142. SupportDLRTTECE php C FE This product is designed for 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Vigor3200 Series User s Guide iv Dr ay Tek Dray Te k v Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Table of Contents UOC CO i RAEE E E A A E ET T E E deca 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccccccceeeeessesseeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeseeeeeeeesaaaaeees 1 12 LED I ndicat rs and OMe CON S caries Sentech ocieacicn a a a tees teeeeeneaee 2 AA FOF VIGO 2 OO ee E E E TE 2 eee FOF VIGOR OOT s a E E E E 4 1 3 Hardware Installation wi cacccsseaeniossexctecacsesctesencetenneesuinehanianige weeeacesteeiawsce tenneu eeaneeatetaneeteuenseseeenbeeiens 6 1 4 Printer Installation doitancaecercesasaantesazmgntnbetianbanststveaial prodcuuebtaualesaaucdual ose thsasuds dankanaesauanvoesinsvenasuiued 7 Configuring Basic Settings cssccsssseessnseccenseecenseecesseeeeaseeeenseenenseess 13 2 MFO CSS SING WOD AGS ane encase en ccthcastenecoacesuacane acne E 13 22 Changing FAS SOMO eassctenoteccernsepcctatsdeincttu aig E OE a Oaai 14 A OCE a N P42 0 eea E E E E 15 2 3 1 For WAN1 WAN4 a saris te stetreuacicictie nc eaiadd onalceaenate oaetiaSeieeeusedueuduuntadanst AE menai aani anai ieai 16 22 FOr WAN See E E E aban ee sae toss cenenaadcatean 24 2 4 Service Activation WIZAMrC cccc
143. Tools Help Back i i P Search I Folders is Other Places FinaldataEn opkg install tempstorage iTunesSetu wlc 1 1 5 wi E Internet Explorer 4 My Documents a 3 Shared Documents HEE Hez MEZ 115 bmp 12 Always Air supply lost Crystal t My Network Places Open mp iInlove mp3 Flower mp3 6 Return to USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status The information for FTP server will be shown as below USB Application gt gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk Write Protect Status No Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1664 MB Refresh USB Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username ee eer Wet aa 192 169 1 1163344 Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 7 Now users in LAN of Vigor3200 can access into the USB storage device by typing ftp 192 168 1 1 on any browser They can add or remove files directories depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application gt gt USB User Management Dray Tek 89 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 13 VPN Trunk Load Balance between Vigor 3200 and Other Vigor Router This section will discuss how to build VPN Trunk with load balance between Vigor3200 and other router e g Vigor3300 Scenario 1 One pair VPN Trunk The purp
144. USB port on the router Make sure Disk Connected appears on the Connection Status as the figure shown below USB Application gt USB Disk Status USB Mass Storage Device Status Connection Status Disk Connected Disconnect USB Disk S No Write Protect Statu Disk Capacity 2009 MB Free Capacity 1664 MB Refresh USE Disk Users Connected Refresh Index Service IP Address Port Username Note If the write protect switch of USB disk is turned on the USB disk is in READ ONLY mode No data can be written to it 2 Then please open USB Application gt gt USB General Settings to enable Samba service USB Application gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 masirnum 6 Default Charset Default Samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Access Mode LAN Only OLAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Workgroup Name WORKGROUP Note 1 If Charset is set to default only English lang file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit client connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt gt
145. User s Guide IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 4 16 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh l6 1i56 209 25 208 91 112 195 174 137 33 91 208 91 112 195 ail 156 209 235 216 156 409 245 208 91 112 195 174 137 33 91 61 64 70 126 207 446 125 536 116 165 175 135 216 161 51 1357 115 165 2432 Ta ala sdu ades eds dLa sds sda sda l sia eLa sda l Each item is explained as follows Item Description Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 332 Dr ay Tek 4 16 6 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Man
146. User s Guide 38 Dr ay Te k 3 Click the Active Directory LDAP tab to open the profile web page Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Active Directory General Setup LDAP Profiles Index Distinguished Name Fe ee ea I eee It 4 Click any one of the index number link to configure the proper Base Distinguished Name and Group Distinguished Name Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP gt gt Server Profiles Index No 1 Name RO4 Common Name Identifier uid Base Distinguished Name ou Vpnugers dezma dc draytek dc com Group Distinguished Name cn vpn cu Group dc ms dc draytek dc c Suppose that there are several departments in your company e g RD1 and RD2 Here create a profile for RD1 first Sometimes you may forget the Distinguished Name since it s too long Then you may click the IS button to list all the account information on the AD LDAP Server to assist you finish the setup AD LDAP Server 172 16 2 8 636 Query List Tree Menu fs dc ms dc draytek dc com cn Manager SA ou Hostlist ou Group ou Aliases SA ou People A ou Filters sambaDomainName MS DRAYTEK COM ou Hosts ou Vpnusers ist sambaDomainName TS AD LDAP Distinguished Name Dray Tek 39 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Press the button on this page to keep searching its sub tree I Mozilla Firefox AD LDAP Server 172 16 2 6 636 Query List Tree Menu dc
147. Viewing Routing Table Dray Tek page to set up static route Displays the destination address of the static route Displays the status of the static route Displays the routing table for your reference 131 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 1272 16 31 Want C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN C 172 16 3 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected WAN Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router internet B Set Router C i Static Route 192 168 1 A Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 1 Goto LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the
148. Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 302 Dr ay Tek Next users can open SSL VPN gt gt Online Status to view logging status of SSL VPN SSL VPN gt gt Online Status Pefresh Seconds io refresh Active User Host IP Time out seconds Action Caesar Ledig iia lt q Drop Each item 1s explained as follows Item Description Active User Display current user who visit SSL VPN server Host IP Display the IP address for the host Time out Display the time remaining for logging out Action You can click Drop to drop certain login user from the router s SSL Portal UI Dray Te k 303 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 14 USB Application USB diskette connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server By way of Vigor router clients on LAN WAN can access write and read data stored in USB diskette with different applications After setting the configuration in USB Application you can type the IP address of the Vigor router and username password created in USB Application gt gt USB User Management on the client software Then the client can use the FTP site USB diskette or share the Samba service through Vigor router USB Application USB General Settings gt USB User Management H File Explorer d USB Disk Status Syslog Explorer 4 14 1 USB General Settings This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection default charset for FTP server and enable Samba service At present the Vigor router can sup
149. WANS Ki US Taye 20007384 Always On Hote Une Sneed only used for load balance mode according to Line Speed From the above figure WAN1 WAN4 connect to Internet through the interface of Ethernet WANS connects to Internet via USB interface Therefore the configuration for each WAN port will be different slightly Please click the WAN link under Index to open the web page for detailed configuration Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Load Balance Mode This option is available for multiple WAN for getting enough bandwidth for each WAN port If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Dr ay Tek 103 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Index Enable Physical Mode Type Line Speed Active Mode Load Balance Mode Auto Weight o a Auto Weight According to Line Speed Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the WAN configuration page V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN interface Display the downstream and upstream rate of such WAN interface Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or backup device Always On Display that such WAN interface is active Backup WAN Display the Backup WAN interface for such WAN when it is di
150. YYS1LOZWsx ID de BokqHEIGOWOBCQEWESERyYZsN2zOGRyYAlLOeWsuYe SCM IGLMADGCS GAGs Ins DOERAGUA L4GNADCBAiQKBGODP ioahu gF OaYBlceSOERSD WknIdub lolktScTaLUDaFkesad SubegytoViLBJ 22 IDFOx eb6iprevleituylsgq4lgz60k rGhuVTKd9 76PlernkP Aus4te253 ct UbBaAND4wocevms yD IShHLAIAEVYPUpNRYIroTe Re RkRMAaAHEVpYpwiDsoib oCkudJwYdJ Eo lhvcN AgkOMNRowsDAWwRGQnVHREEDs NgqqtkemF Sd6Vr LilvhTanbgkg HeiGIWORBAQUF ALOBQOaUuSBRUGtAVLAASN6 AwToemlt thew Evg tTkFleTJibh URLG4CiEi 6nvV4hNRytex2pEfbstar SqRREreseRooedeol45560ece NlGhovyegti ISFqkiJNihip4stTcjecSh 2 jm QoSUU BcesTG SCkCyeqqu fo ATOFa EB Gyiw 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer U SICA vigor Subject fermailAddress press draytek comc Twid Draytek a EAE ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Dr ay Tek 77 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 10 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B net 27 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigo Router via Web GUI User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO iE RRO RARE IA KAH
151. _ Class Class Class eu Online Index Status Bandwidth Direction 1 9 3 Others Bandwidth Statistics Control WAHT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAH Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 259 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 1O0000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 259 25 Inactive Status Setup WAG Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 1LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 2596 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit Available settings are explained as follows Item General Setup Class Rule Enable the First Priority for VoIP SIP RTP Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Index Display the WAN interface number that you can edit Status Display if the WAN interface is available for such function or not Bandwidth Display the inbound and outbound bandwidth setting for the WAN interface Direction Display which direction that such function will influence Class 1 Class2 Class 3 Others Display the bandwidth percentage for each class UDP Bandwidth Control Display the UDP bandwidth control is enabled or not Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference Setup Allow to configure general QoS setting for WAN interface Index Display the class number that you can edit Name Display the name of the class Rule Allow to
152. a white list In the Access Control web page users may configure the white black list modes used by each SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Enable Mac Address Filter Fl SSID i J SSID 2 C ssip 3 C SSID 4 MAC Address Filter Index Attribute MAC Address Apply SSID Client s MAC Address Apoly SSID O ssin1 O sstip2 O ssing O SSID 4 Attribute C s Isolate the station from LAN Available settings are explained as follows Dray Te k 281 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description Enable Mac Address Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN Filter identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client Apply SSID After entering the client s MAC address check the box of the SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access control list Attribute s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add Add a new MAC address into the list Delete Delete the selected MAC address in t
153. a will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout S00 second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First L Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP DOO Multicast via VPN OPpass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 58 Dray Tek 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type 64kbps O pete Username IPSec Tunnel Password L2TP with IPSec Policy one PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression On Off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN Sa such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method 220 135 240 208 SEE KE Pre Shared Key J O 1 eas None IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES with
154. access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will be changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license Dray Tek 199 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List Enable Action Action Groups Child Protection Select All Clear All Leisure Select All Clear All Business Select All Clear All Others Select All Clear All Group Object Selections OO E Categories Chat Gambling 5ex Advertisements Games Hobbie
155. agement You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page You can click IP Address TX rate RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor Enable Data Flow Monitor Refresh Seconds 10 Page Refresh Index IP Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action 1 197 166 1 10 CARRIE OCYCB251 J T gz Block Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANI aos 0707 Auto o 0 Auto WAN Llf2 16 35 102 9 456 Auta 6 1080 Auta WANS O 0 Auto O 0 Auto WAN4 0707 Auto 0707 Auto WANS O 0 Auto O 0 Auto Total 9 456 Auto 6 1080 Auto 54 681 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC from surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Each item 1s explained as follows Item Description Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of
156. aintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN E site to site VPM LAN to L4N Remote Dial in User Teleworker This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set 233 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description Index Status Name a 1 499 2 TTY 4 x faa 5 faa X TTY TTY g x ve 9 TTY 10 X TTY 11 TTY 12 x ve 13 ve 14 TTY q 15 x ve 16 faa 1 TTY 16 rry 19 x vi 2 x faa 21 eed Ze fares 23 x ve 24 TTY 25 TTY 26 TTY B as x vi 20 ae 29 vee e Please choose a Dial in This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in User User Accounts Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set Allowed Dial in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 234 Dray Te k 1 Here we take the example of choosing Remote Dial in User as the VPN Server Mode 2 Check the Allowed Dial in Type
157. al certificates previously Otherwise choose Self signed to use the router s built in default certificate The default certificate can be used in SSL VPN server and HTTPS Web Proxy Encryption Key Choose the encryption level for the data connection in SSL Algorithm VPN server Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 294 Dray Te k After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 13 2 SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy will allow the remote users to access the internal web sites over SSL SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name URL Active FreePerrrerere a o Ba o Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display the name of the profile that you create URL Display the URL Active Display current status active or inactive of such profile Click number link under Index filed to set detailed configuration SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy Profile Index 1 Access Method Disable Note URL format must be http ip portidirg eo UP Port Redirection ve directory Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Description Name Type name of the profile URL Type the address function variation or IP address or path of the proxy server Host IP Address If you type function variation as URL you have to type corresponding IP address in this filed Such field must match with URL sett
158. ally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this wireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 272 Dray Te k Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Multiple SSIDs Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections Each SSID can be defined with different name and download upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the router wirelessly Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will
159. and low priority data There are four accessing categories AC_BE AC_BK AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM APSD automatic power save delivery is an enhancement over the power save mechanisms supported by Wi Fi networks It allows devices to take more time in sleeping state and consume less power to improve the performance by minimizing transmission latency Wireless LAN gt WMM Configuration WMM Configuration WMM Capable Setto Factory Default Enable Disable APSD Capable Enable Disable WMM Parameters of Access Point Alfsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AckPolicy AC_BE e m 4 AC_BK E E Ac no oo AC_VO a E WMM Parameters of Station Aifsn CWMin CWMax Txop ACM AC_BE AC_BK E Ac MI z Available settings are explained as follows Item WMM Capable Description To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission please click the Enable radio button Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek a Item APSD Capable Aifsn CWMin CW Max Txop ACM AckPolicy Description The default setting is Disable It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Such parameter will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories For the service of voice or video image please set small value for AC_VI and AC_VO categories For the service of e mail or web browsing please set large value for AC_BE and AC_BK categories CWMin means contention Wind
160. and the heading on the Login window if you have such requirement System Maintenance gt gt Login Customization Login Customization C Enable Login Description 3 char max Bulletin the maximum character length is 511 char lt hi gt lt b gt lt font color red gt Vigor lt font gt lt b gt lt hi gt lt p gt This is an example of Bulletin feature of Vigor Routers lt p gt lt p gt 1 John please pay your rent lt p gt lt p gt 2 Mary please collect your electricity bill in the mailbox lt p gt lt p gt 3 Josh could t manage to reach you but your parents were looking for you urgently lt p gt Examples of Welcome Message and Bulletin 1 lt b Message lt b gt 2 chl gt lt font color red Title lt font lt h1l gt lt p gt Message lt p gt Dray Te k 317 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check this box to enable the login customization function Login Description Type a brief description e g Welcome to DrayTek which will be shown on the heading of the login dialog Bulletin Type words or sentences here It will be displayed for bulletin message In addition it can be displayed on the login dialog at the bottom Below shows an example of login customization with the information typed in Login Description and Bulletin Login for Test Password Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved D r ay Tek
161. ans Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek me Item IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IP Network Settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description after passing through the time without any action Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 3 229 Y Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field P
162. ase type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps The default setting for down link and up link is 10000Kbps Enable Enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the WAN while sending them out Disable Disable the function of VLAN with tag Tag value Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the number for such VLAN The range is from 0 to 7 Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert to notify the administrator Determine the WAN interface will be active for always Always On or be treated as a backup WAN interface Backup Alw Y Z D n Backup Backup Type Determine the role of such WAN interface It will be changed according to the Active Mode specified If you choose Always On as Active Mode such interface will be used for access into Internet all the time If you choose Backup as the Active Mode you have to specify which WAN interface will be selected to backup multiple WANs However ignore this setting if you want to backup a single WAN 105 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Backup WAM 1 LIWAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 4U WAN 5 When any of selected WAN disconnect O when all of selected WAN disconnect When any WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when any WAN interface disconnects When a
163. ask 755 255 255 0 Start IP Address 192 168 1 10 IP Pool Counts So RIP Protocol Control Gateway IP Address 192 166 1 1 DHCP Serwer IP Address for Relay Agent F DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 48 Dray Tek 7 To make any two of VLAN groups linked with each other just check the boxes of the ones in the field of Inter LAN Routing in the page of LAN gt gt General Setup Refer to the following figure LAN2 and LAN3 are linked IF Routed Subnet a 192 168 2 1 Details Page Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 3 LAM DMZ PORT LAN 1 LAN 2 A LI LAN 4 d LI DM2 PORT Configuration for VigorSwitch G2240 1 Open Vlan gt gt Tag based Group 2 Add four VID groups In this case we can explanation it with Port 15 16 17 18 and Trunk Port 23 Dray Tek Auto Logout OFF it itch C2224 prr rer kala arat aea EE Tag Based VLAN Memberships Configuration EE Ll System bPort Elvian HMPA IGMP wire PALAM Frani VLAN GVRE F GVRP Propqation Vian is WLAN birma Pori Berokeers Pot based Group Me VID IG F A P VLAN GVEP P 1 2 39 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 L 0 ae 5 16 17 10 19 PO 71 23 33 74 Ports z Siaili f 4 i E y Manag IMAC FGvRF 10 Disable Disable Syed E 3200 i020 lac 20 06 Disable Disabie GIP MAC Binding 3200 Vi0 Elizi oO Disable Disable El trunk 7700 V1D 40
164. ason If you have changed the administrator password on External Device please click the Account button to retype new username and password Otherwise the router will be unable to monitor the External Device device properly Click the Clear button to Clear the off line information and account information From this web page check the box of External Device Auto Discovery Later all the available devices will be displayed in this page with icons and corresponding information You can change the device name if required or remove the information for off line device whenever you want When you finished the configuration click OK to save it Note Only DrayTek products can be detected by this function Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 338 Dray Te k Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to check your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is
165. ass Rule 1 To add anew service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Glass Diass Diass Others P oning 1 2 se Control Statistics WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 2595 25 2556 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 212 Dray Te K Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type NO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty 3 For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number bo Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port
166. ast LIUDLivex LITVUPlayer LIMySee LJ Joost Flash ideo CI SilverLight CI Slingbox LJavoo Remote Control LI vnc Radmin Spyanywhere ShowmyPc LogMetn Team Viewer Cl Gogrok Cl RemateContralPra C CrossLoop O WindowsROP LJpcAnywhere LJ Timbuktu O WindowsLiveSyne LJ Shared View Web HD LIHTTP Upload LJHiNet SafeBox LIMS SkyDrive J6Doc Uploader LJ ADrive LIMyotherDrive O Mozy L BoxNet LJ officeLlive Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 192 Dr ay Te k 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand
167. ated The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPra Web Site The Register process is completed Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 82 Dray Te k 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN ena Auth Code Thel l4hei1C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of jidra email to webmasteri ek com Create an account now 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 3 11 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Click here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home About Us Product My Information MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for the latest products and services in network security including Anti Virus
168. be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it ase Dray Tek Item Description High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router supports up to 64 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Set to Factory Default View AI OOnline Offline Trunk PL Search Index Hame FER Tr ee e aa e IE e ee i oe aJ J aJ Ber oro pees eee 77 j l jl aoe ny ny k tad Pad ae i E k Catal Ben Active d m m ee ek N Pe N o o i Status Index Name Active Status 11 777 F 18
169. bject Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept Alternative Name the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 242 Dray Te k 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides 64 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default View AIl Online Offline fF SL Search Index User Active Status Index User Active Status 1 aoe d as
170. can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for TxBURST on the tab of Option igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Remember mini status position Advance Setting Disable Radio Fragmentation Threshold 2346 C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold 2347 802 1 1b ghn 24GH v C Set mini status always on top Frequency C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel C Group Roaming EREE Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Tx Burst izable Enable Note means the real transmission rate depends on the 277 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description environment of the network Rate Control It controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Upload
171. cceceececcceeecceeeesseceeccceeeeseeeeeeeesseeeesseceeeeesseauseeeeeesessuaaseeeeeneees 26 PSONE a 110 bc a a a a eee ere eee ee 29 20 avino GonnguraUO Meerssen a EAA AE NNR 30 Zl O UPPOO ATEA koesen ranea e ra a EE E eie ar Eia 30 2 8 Registering Vigor Router wicceisussunsnavacssecnentansaasurnees cencaaavered deanna esanesuassanandauduiavewadensadaced ouaaubwans 32 Tutorials and Applications cccccsceeseseseeeeeeeeseeeseeeneeenseeeseeeaeeoneeoeseseaeeoes 35 3 1 How to Implement the AD LDAP Authentication for User Management esceeeees 35 3 2 How to implement the AD LDAP authentication for SSL Application ccccccsseseseeeeeees 38 3 3 How to Configure Multi Subnet ccccccccseceeccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeseseeaeeeeeeesssaaaeeeeeeeesaaas 46 3 4 How to Customize Your LOGIN Page cccecccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeseeeeeeeessseaeeeeeeeseaeas 51 3 5 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 00 53 3 6 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 62 3 7 QOS Setting EXAMPle cccccccccseessecceeeeeeeaeseceeeeeesseeeseeeceeeessaeesseeeeeeeesssseeaeseeeeeesseeeaseeseeeees 67 3 8 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router ccccccseeeeceeeceeeceeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeessaaeeeeeesseaeeneeeas 71 3 9 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA S IVel cccceeeeeeeeeeeee
172. ce Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP P ETF 3 Dray Te k 181 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 6 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name iad fad fd IP PIP DID I I fe ja ja Mm ee I eee SO eS ee ee I ee ee ee Soe rFBR ESB PEP rPrPePrPeePee Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all pr
173. chanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Memberz2 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is only available when there is one or more profiles created in this page Dray Tek Dray Tek General Setup Add E http 192 168 1 1 YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer aA m A VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Balancel Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Rabin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 VPN Load Balance Policy eEdit Olnsert after Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 128 Active Active Binding Dial Out Profile 1 wl Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 O End 255 255 255 255 Dest IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 255 255 255 255 Dest Port Start 1 o End 65535 Protocol TCP UDP x Detail Information VPN Load Balance Pro
174. cified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router only Also it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage Note FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router Please disable the mode on the FTP client Password Type the password for FTP Samba users for accessing FTP server Later you can open FTP client software and type the password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation Home Folder It determines the folder for the client to access into The user can enter a directory name in this field Then after clicking OK the router will create the specific new folder in the USB storage disk In addition if the user types here he she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB storage disk Note When write protect status for the USB storage disk is Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 306 Dray Te k Item Description ON you cannot type any new folder name in this field Only can be used in such case You can click to open the following dialog to add any new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder E http 192 168_1_5 doc ftpuserfolder htm Microsoft Internet Explorer USB User Management Choose Folder Folder Name Create New Home Folder Folder Name test Create Note The folder name can only contain the following characters A Z a z 0 9 _ and space Only 11 characters are allowed
175. ckets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server CR Public IP Address Private Subne Router IP Dray Te k 121 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 Private Subr Router IP What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP Vigo
176. col and LPR name Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name IP_ 192 168 1 1 Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings LPR Settings e Queue Name CILPR Byte Counting Enabled C SNMP Status Enabled 10 Dray Tek The printer can be used for printing now Most of the printers with different manufacturers are compatible with vigor router Note 1 Some printers with the fax scanning or other additional functions are not supported If you do not know whether your printer is supported or not please visit www DrayTek com to find out the printer list Open Support gt FAQ find out the link of Printer Server and click it then choose the What types of printers are compatible with Vigor router About DrayTek Products Support Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt FAQ FAQ Basic FAQ 01 What are the differences among these firmware file formats Basic 02 How could get the telnet command for routers Advanced 03 How can backup restore my configuration settings VPN 04 How do reset clear the router s password DHCP 05 How to bring back my router to its default value REE VoIP 06 How do tell the type of my Vigor Router is AnnexA or AnnexB For ADSL model only Qos 07 Ways for firmware upgrade ISDN 08 Why is SNMP removed in firmware 2 5 6 and above for Vigor22
177. cted item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 3 and 4 for detailed explanation Dr ay Tek 1 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first 1 2 1 For Vigor3200 Dray Tek REY sm ACT VPN CSM USB WANT WANS DoS WAN WAN4 DMZ LAN USB WAN 1 2 3 4 LED Status Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off USB USB device is connected and ready for use The data is transmitting DoS The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while detecting an attack VPN The VPN tunnel is active WANI 4 The WANI WAN4 connection is ready It will blink while transmitting data CSM The profile s of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P URL Web Content Filter application can be enabled from Firewall gt gt General Setup Such profile must be established under CSM menu LED on Connector Left LED The port is connected WAN 1 2 3 4 Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on DMZ Left LED The port is connected Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1000Mbps Green The port is co
178. d End Choose TCP UDP IGMP ICMP or Other as Binding Protocol Advanced Backup E http 192 168 1 1 FH Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer WPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name Backupi ERD Mode Normal O Resume Member 1 first Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode ea i A Ww Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name ERD Mode Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description List the backup profile name ERD means Environment Recovers Detection Normal choose this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects 264 Dray Tek Item Description Member 1 will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection Detail Information This field will display detailed information for Environment Recovers Detection 4 10 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Refresh Seconds General Mode al Backup Mode Load Balance Mode VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page Nol So oe l Tx Tx Rate Rx Rx Rate VPN Type Remote IP Virtual N
179. d setup View more detailed configurations 232 Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard Setup View more detailed configuration 4 10 2 VPN Server Wizard Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server through VPN Server Wizard Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment YPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to L4AN Profile wyt site to Site WPN LAM to LAM Index Status Name wt Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type PPTP IPsec L TP with IPSec Policy Available settings are explained as follows Item VPN Server Mode Selection Please choose a LAN to LAN Profile Dray Tek Description Choose the direction for the VPN server Site to Site VPN To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by m
180. ddress 172 156 1 1 ISP Access Setup Lisername Password PPP Setup PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP fi second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP WAN IF Alias Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fixed IP Address WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically Idle Timeout Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 1442 Max 1460 Available settings are explained as follows Specify an IP address 172 16 3 102 255 255 0 0 IP Address Subnet Mask MTU Item PPTP L2TP Client Mode Description Enable PPTP Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Enable L2TP Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Disable Click this radio button to close the connection through PPTP or L2TP Server Address Specify the IP address of the PPTP L2TP server if you enable PPTP L2TP client mode Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway IP address for DHCP server ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page MTU It me
181. derations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 224 Dr ay Te k The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 4 9 6 IGMP IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol It is a communication protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast groups Applications gt IGMP SMP LJ Enable IGMP Proxy WAN IGMP Proxy is to act as a multicast proxy for hosts on the LAN side Enable IGMP Proxy if you will access any multicast group But this function take no affect when Bridge Mode is enabled LJEnable IGMP Snooping Enable IGMP Snooping multicast traffic is only forwarded to ports that have members of that group Disable IGMP snooping multicast traffic is treated in the same manner as broadcast traffic Refresh Working Multicast Groups Index Group ID PI Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable IGMP
182. displayed when reaches the maximum number of Internet sessions permitted Default Message Click this button to apply the default message offered by the router Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 8 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable Apply ta IP Routed Subnet Disable Default T Limit Kbps Default R Limit Kbps C Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IF TZ limit RH limit Shared Specific Limitation state end Each Shared TX Limit Kbps RX Limit Kbps Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Available settings are
183. e Acthow Profile Syslog Pass Eho Fursher Match a None p S0000 a Norn Sime None El Aap Seed a None CI Anne aa g Hir w Nore cd E Edt Cem Cinca Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup Enable DoS Defense Select All C Enable SYN flood defense C Enable UDP flood defense C Enable ICMP flood defense C Enable Port Scan detection LJ Block IP options C Block Land C Block Smurf C Block trace route C Block SYN fragment C Block Fraggle Attack Threshold packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold packets sec Timeout io sec Threshold packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold packets sec LJ Block TCP flag scan LJ Block Tear Drop C Block Ping of Death C Block ICMP fragment O Block UnknownProtocol Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Dos Defense Select All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Click this button to select all the items listed below Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense
184. e similar to the je oropan graphic to the service center of pears ir DrayTek Syslog Contras WAN Status Getway PF Static TX Packets tm Fe DrayTek Vigor Sg Oo Tx Packets RX Packets WAM IP Static EX Packets Ts Rata Fie Wall Low VEH Loe U r Access Log Call Loe WAN Log Network Infomation Met Sta Tone Lc Menge Apr 1200 1749 p r WAN PPPoE im Protocol LCF fet ment Identients03 ACCOM Os Antha Apr 1209 17 49 30 Modem siatuce 20 00 00 00 00 07 0003 Apr 12 09 17 49 igo WAN FFFoE gt Protocol ater oa Confer Identifier 0 00 MERU 1500 ACCE Apr 12 00 17 49 WANZ PPPoE 1 T 1 PADS IDD Apr 12 09 17 49 l 30 Modem respons CONNECT 2600000 Apr 1303 1749 Zo 20 Modem aatal 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 Pky 30 Medem cates 20 00 00 00 00 02 00 02 00 23 Modem dal ATOT WANZ PPPoE gt 1 T 1 FADA IDO WAN PPPoE imm T 1 T 1 PADO ID 20 Modem respons OE 01 T 5T 33 Moderna initiates ATAFEOV 1X1 amp D24e0 2 Aor 12 00 17 49 Visor WAN PPPoE a 1 T 1 PADIIDO lt ADSL Status Transmission Rate is not fast enough Please connect your Notebook with 3G USB Modem to test the connection speed to verify if the problem is caused by Vigor3200 In addition please refer to the manual of 3G USB Modem for LED Status to make sure if the modem connects to Internet via HSDPA mode If you want to use the modem indoors please put it on the place near the window to obtain better signal receiving 5 6 Bac
185. e 1r E 2 7 O a 18 777 C oo 3 27 d SES 19 C soe 4 C Bee 20 F Sia if aoe LI cae 71 777 F e 6 m d n 22 C si na d 23 E 8 m d ee 24 777 Fj ah C 25 77 C E 10 d aoe 26 F 11 ee d Ia N E sec 12 7 d a 28 777 Fj kon 13 a d Ta 29 E 14 77 LJ pas 30 C ae 15 27 LI T 31 C 16 72 dl ae 32 F ssi lt lt 1 32 33 64 gt gt Next gt gt Each item will be explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Active Check the box to enable the selected profile Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Dr ay Tek 243 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication tisepaanie C Enab
186. e PING from the Internet SNMP Setup Access List C Enable SNMP Agent List IP Subnet Mask ercan e ado Trap Community Motification Host IP f Trap Timeout seconds Dray Te k 141 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as NetMeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page You can set different DMZ host for each WAN interface Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN NAT gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WANT WAN WANS WAN4 WANS Private IP ss Choose PC MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host foo foo foo foo J
187. e PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router 1 Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 16 Dr ay Tek Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 Click PPPoE as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to open the following page Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name B4005755 hinet net Password Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 Please manually enter the Username Password provided by your ISP Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Dr ay Tek 17 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save th
188. e Select a service type Dynamic Custom or Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is chosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in one domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain Wildcard and Backup The Wildcard and Backup MX Mail Exchange features MX are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name please type the name in this area Such mail server will be used as backup mail exchange Force WAN IP Update When the IP address of the WAN interface in Vigor router is private IP the system will detect the Public IP used by the router in front of Vigor router and use that Public IP to update DDNS server forcefully 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clear all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account 4 9 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in
189. e blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to block the file upload by way of web page File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects previously for passing or blocking the file downloading 196 Dray Tek Item Description File Extension Profile None After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 197 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g
190. e current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK H 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 18 Dr ay Te k 2 3 1 2 PPTP L2TP l 2 Dray Tek Choose WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTF L2TP Static IP DHCP Click PPTP L2TP as the Internet Access Type Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuratian and PPTP server IP provided by your ISP User Name Password Confirm Password WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address IP Address 172 16 5 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway 172 156 1 1 Primary DNS Second ONS PPTP Server l Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password 19 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide WAN IP Configuration PPTP Server L2TP Server Back
191. e for the user using such profile to access Internet Refresh Click this button to recalculate the time quota Add Click this box to set the time quota for such profile Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All Setup the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 5 3 User Group This page allows you to bind several user profiles into one group These groups will be used in Firewall gt gt General Setup as part of filter rules Dr ay Te k 173 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide User Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FREER REBEFE PR FPP eee e d e u j i SPFEBBEREEEEBRBEBEEBE Please click any index number link to open the following page User Management gt gt User Group Profile Index 1 Available User Objects Selected User Objects Max 32 Objects j admin 2 System Reservation a LAN User Group 1 4 VWVLAN User Group_A S VVLAN User Group B L Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this user group Available User Objects You can gather user profiles objects from User Profile page within one user group All the available user objects that you have created will be shown in this box Notice t
192. e locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in blue 259 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Edit Click this button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Delete Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile After finishing the connection for one tunnel the other tunnel will dial out automatically within two seconds Therefore you can choose any one of members under VPN Load Balance for dialing out Time for activating VPN TRUNK Dial out when VPN Load Balance Disconnected For there is one Tunnel created and connected successfully to keep the load balance effect between two tunnels auto dial will be executed within two seconds To close two tunnels of load balance after
193. e specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets that do not match the filter rule configured in this page The default setting is 60000 Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings 161 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP be bound for applying such filter rule No Strict no limitation Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule For detailed information of setting QoS please refer to the related section later Choose the WAN interface for applying Load Balance Policy Such item is available only when Rule Based is selected in User Management gt gt General Setup The general firewall rule will be applied to the user user group all users specified here User Object Create New User User Group Create Mew Group ALL Note When there is no user profile or group profile existed Create New User or Create New Group item will appear for you to click to create a new one Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM P2P application blocking If there is no profile for you to select please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new pro
194. ear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile Dr ay Tek 193 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Default Message You can type the message manually for your necessity or click this button to get the default message which will be displayed on the field of Administration Message You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 1 URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control Prevent web access from IP address Action Group Object Selections OO 2 Web Feature lEnable Restrict Web Feature Action L Cookie Cl Proxy File Extension Profile Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configura
195. ed High ESP IDES MispES AES Data will be encrypted and authentic Available settings are explained as follows Item Description IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 240 Dr ay Tek Item IPSec Security Method Description Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity x509 Peer ID Accounts Index Name J
196. ed 1 l 15 BEE __LAN or High Speed Internet Local 4rea Connection Enabled To gh Realtek RTL8139 810x Family Details Close Network Connections System Folder The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application Tip Broadband Connection on Router Properties Ea x Advanced Settings ER 7 General Services Connect to the Internet using Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESS J IF Broadband Connection on Router Ftp Example menmegr 192 169 29 11 131 35 60654 UDP mermegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a menmsgr 192 168 29 11 8789 63231 TCP shared connection on another computer ee Show icon in notification area when connected ne Edt spe The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security Consi
197. ed By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traffic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher PSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My GRE IP Type the virtual IP for router itself for verified by peer Peer GRE IP Type the virtual IP of peer host for verified by router My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address h
198. ed as follows Item Upload Local Certificate Upload PKCS12 Certificate Upload Certificate and Private Key Dray Tek Description It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by vigor router and signed by CA server If you have done well in certificate generation the Status of the certificate will be shown as OK Import X509 Local Certificate Congratulation Local Certificate has been imported successfully Please click Back to view the certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify draytekdemo O Draytek OU Draytek Sales OK View Delete View Delete View Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH It allows users to import the certificate whose extensions are usually pfx or p12 And these certificates usually need passwords Note PKCS12 is a standard for storing private keys and certificates securely It is used in among other things Netscape and Microsoft Internet Explorer with their import and export options It is useful when users have separated certificates and private keys And the password is needed if the private key is encrypted 269 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide REFRESH Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request E http f192 168 1_1 Certificate Signmmg Request Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Certif
199. eeeeeeeens 74 3 10 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet c 00ccceeseeeeeees 78 3 11 Creating an Account for MyVIQOI cccccccsseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeesaseeeeeesageeeneneas 80 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide vi Dr ay Te k 3 11 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router cccccceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeesessaaeeeess 80 3 11 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 83 3 12 How can get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router 00 87 3 13 VPN Trunk Load Balance between Vigor 3200 and Other Vigor Router c cceeeees 90 Advanced Web Configuration ccsssccsesseecesseeseeseeseeneesenseesensessennees 101 BST WAIN e E a eaec bch cetoee R iedece ee dealanteecestoanucsetats 101 4 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeesaseeesaeeessaaaeess 101 4 1 2 General SOUP sscssavvissendinelicnzemerticeesae wisdewndinsvanned ovine cnuraveaeriedsiwinienaine cliereeeia sel saabsunnmestet an 103 4 1 3 Internet ACCESS cccccccescceccseceeceeseeeceauececseuseeessaeeecsauseeeseaucessaueeeeseseeessageessseneeesseagss 107 4 1 4 Load Balance Policy cccccccccccsssseeecceeeseececceeseceecceeuseeeesssauseceesssaeeeessesesessssageeeess 119 EN ea scsestrann E E A E E 121 Bre TET CEO L
200. eless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK support WPS Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WPS LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes ii Dray Tek 4 12 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN3 LAN1 LAN2 The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below Host with Host with Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Inte
201. eneral settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Dray Tek 53 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MJES Mapes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial in C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Tirneout 300 second s YPN Dial Qut Through WANI First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PINC to the IP Multicast via VPN OPpass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 54 Dray Tek 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial O
202. ent later Vigor3200 as a VPN client dial out site LAN 192 168 1 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 1 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 2 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 30 My GRE IP 10 0 0 3 Peer GRE IP 10 0 0 4 Vigor3300 as a VPN server dial in site LAN 192 168 33 0 24 WAN 1 IP 202 211 110 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 2 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 1 WAN 2 IP 202 211 120 100 Local GRE IP 10 0 0 4 Remote GRE IP 10 0 0 3 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 90 Dr ay Te k Settings for Vigor 3200 1 Open VPN and Remote Access gt gt gt LAN to LAN Choose Index number 1 for configuring a VPN LAN to LAN profile VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 TTT ki Vi TT a 2 TT is 18 TT a a TTT k 19 TT s 2 Inthe following page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Call Direction C Both Dial out Dial in M Enable this profile M Always on Idle Timeout Fi second s YPN Dial Out Through WaN Only a IT Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block PING to the IP Multicast via VPN C Pass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Username Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PAP CHAP C L2TP with IPSec
203. er based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Welcome Message Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default lt body stats 1l gt lt script langquage Javascript gt Window location http wuaw draytek com lt script gt lt body gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mode There are two modes offered here for you to choose Each mode will bring different filtering effect to the users involved User Based If you choose such mode the router will apply Dr ay Te k 169 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description the filter rules configured in User Management gt gt User Profile to the users Rule Based If you choose such mode the router will apply the filter rules configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup and Filter Rule to the users After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 5 2 User Profile Reserved This page allows you to set customized profiles up to 200 which will be applied for users controlled under User Management Simply open User Management gt gt User Profile Reserved User Management gt User Profile Reserved User Profile Table Setto Factory Default Pr
204. eral Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name Memberi Please select a LAN to LaW Dial Out profile Member2 Please select a LAN to LaAN Dial Out profile Active Mode Backup Load Balance Add Edit Delete 4 When the VPN trunk is successfully connected you may check the connection status by viewing the page of VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Transferred packets Tx Pkts will keep increasing through both tunnels when outgoing packets sent to the remote VPN network VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Pefresh Seconds io Refresh General Mode Dial Backup Mode Dial Load Balance Mode wanTwan2 202 211 110 100 i Dial wantwan2 202 211 110 100 VPN Connection Status wantwan2 202 211 120 100 wanswand 202 211 130 100 Page No Go gt gt Current Page 1 wanswand 202 21 1 140 100 Ry Ry l d Type eee Network Pkts Rate Bps Pkts Rate Bps UP Time ea a P ea 192 169 33 0 24 3393 24 6800 6n 1 53 18 _Drop sae ah a A R a 192 169 33 0 24 3753 39 ia 3 2 2130 _Drop a n a E o 192 168 10 0 24 3630 39 7213 6n 2 2128 _Drop eee Vee EUe eT TAAT joo et oaee 24 o o 2 2 19 Drop T wand only DES o Auth via WAN HMEREMEEN Data is encrypted HMEMMEKEN Data isn t encrypted Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 98 Dr ay Te k Settings for Vigor3300 1 Open Advanced gt gt LAN V
205. eral protocols such as IPSec PPTP L2TP with up to 32 VPN tunnels The object based design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy easily CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Object based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition Vigor3200 Series supports USB interface for connecting USB printer to share printer USB storage device for sharing files or for 3G WAN Vigor3200 Series provides two level management to simplify the configuration of network connection The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration However if users want to have advanced configurations they can access into WEB interface through admin mode 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Several main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings OSE Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item ce ce Delete Delete the sele
206. ere Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode ee Dray Tek 2 Item Description Local Network IP Local Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to Local Network IP Address Local Network Mask through the VPN connection More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router yy http ff192_168 1 1 LAN to LAW Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles Profile Index 1 Pemote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 JS RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You
207. es Reset link here Click this link to access into the configuration page of SSL VPN Note SSL VPN can be applied in browser e g IE which supports ActivateX only This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not
208. et Mask 255 255 255 0 IP Pool Counts 100 Gateway IP Address 192 168 5 1 DNS Server IP Address Secondary IP Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Network Configuration Set IP address and Subnet Mask for clients connected via DMZ port Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 128 Dr ay Tek For NAT Usage Click this item to invoke NAT usage For Routing Usage Click this item to invoke Routing usage IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 9 1 Subnet Mask Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 DHCP Server DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Configuration The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP client It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when is
209. ettings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 293 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 13 SSL VPN An SSL VPN Secure Sockets Layer virtual private network is a form of VPN that can be used with a standard Web browser There are two benefits that SSL VPN provides gt Itis not necessary for users to preinstall VPN client software for executing SSL VPN connection gt There are less restrictions for the data encrypted through SSL VPN in comparing with traditional VPN SSL VPN General Setup P SSL Web i roxy 1 Applic cation er A eae User Group H Online User Status 4 13 1 General Setup This page determines the general configuration for SSL VPN Server and SSL Tunnel T all je je n SSL VPN gt General Setup SSL VPN General Setup Port Default 443 Server Certificate self signed Encryption Key Algorithm O High 4ES 128 bits and 3DES Default RC4 128 bits OLow DES Note The settings will act on all SSL applications Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Port Such port is set for SSL VPN server It will not affect the HTTPS Port configuration set in System Maintenance gt gt Management In general the default setting is 443 Server Certificate When the client does not set any certificate default certificate will be used for HTTPS and SSL VPN server Choose any one of the user defined certificates from the drop down list if users set sever
210. etwork Pkts Eps Pkts Bps UpTime HMEEMEEX Data is encrypted HMEEXMEEX Data isn t encrypted Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dial out Tool General Mode This filed displays the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN backup function Refresh Seconds General Mode ee mememe arona i LL Backup Mode fF Dial Load Balance Mode f Audi 192 168 0 28 Dial BMW 192 166 0 29 n Status Buick 192 168 0 30 Cadillac 192 168 0 31 1 F No Chrysler 192 168 0 32 age No ini Remote Citroen 192 168 0 33 Rx Rx Daihatsu 192 168 0 34 Pkts Rate Ferrari 192 168 0 35 Data is er Fiat 192 168 0 36 Data isn t Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN backup function Dr ay Tek 265 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide General Mode Alfa 192 168 0 26 el ete Bak Load Balance Mode pmm J oeg 2 iw O oo Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status VPN Connection Status Display current connected VPN status VPN Display the name of the VPN profile Type
211. ex 1 Name Game DiffServ WO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 16 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOGCUBP 514 20 Active 192 169 1 15 192 169 1 65 a ee al FTPE TCR 203 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule 1 To add anew service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default Index Status Bandwidth Direction Hase pass Clans Others Mhan ONAE 1 2 a Control statistics WAN Disable LOO00Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 259 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 2595 2596 Inactive Status Setup WAN Disable LO000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 2596 Inactive Status Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000kKbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Status Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 dit Dray Te K 211 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type No Name Protocol Port 1 Empty 5 5 For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number qo a Edit the Service Type for Cl
212. f k Sa r e e e a a a a A a a a a a J J J 334 gt gt i i Setto Factory Default Status Index Name Status 2 17 TTT k 18 TTT a os 19 FEF os es ZO TTT as k 21 TTT k ks j TTT os 23 TTT a os 4 TTT os oy 25 TEF a k 26 TTT a ks Zi TTT os i A TTT a a 29 TTT E 2 30 TTT ks k ale TTT a a 32 TTT s Next gt gt Each item will be explained as follows Dray Tek Item Set to Factory Default Index Name Description Click it to clear all indexes Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Display the profile name of that index 241 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address w IP Accept Subject Name Country T State 5T Location L Orginization Unit OU Po Common Name CN Email S Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type the name of the profile Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Accept Su
213. fied in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action Block ass Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will 195 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Web Feature Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to
214. file All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web ie Dray Tek Item Description Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more
215. file name Balancel Jj A Algorithm Round Robin Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup Load Balance mechanism profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member and Member fields Member 1 Memberz2 Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Aactive Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Backup or Load Balance for your router Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in red VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile will b
216. ge as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services Servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup You then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Allow management from the Internet Taret bart Default 23 LJ FTP Server ae mar Default 80 HTTP Server HTTPS Server pai er pee teeta Telnet Server FTP Port Default 21 C SSH Server SSH Port Default 225 Disabl
217. gis KE phased 2 riod i flan mede Aggressive mode IKE phage 1 preposal IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We 251 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP IPSec Tunnel Description suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds You may specify a value in between 600 and 86400 seco
218. gs are explained as follows Item Wake by IP Address MAC Address Wake Up Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes If you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Addre 55 M Ml A C Ad d res n IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IP wake by MAC Address IP Address MAC Address li C C R l Wake Up Result Send command to client done i Dray Tek 4 10 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items fo
219. gs to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password 2200 Confirm password 20O Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select 4 backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 4 12 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 4 12 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n draft 2 protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can fin
220. hat user object Admin and Dial In User are factory settings User defined profiles will be numbered with 3 4 5 and so on peer OEE LIDECES Click button to add the selected user objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 174 Dray Te k 3 5 4 User Online Status This page displays the user s connected to the router and refreshes the connection status in an interval of several seconds User Management gt gt User Online Status Current Time 08 23 07 39 57 Refresh Seconds Page Refresh Index Active User IP Address Last Login Time Expired Time Idle Time Action 1 admin 192 168 1 10 08 23 06 01 11 Unlimited Unlimited Block Logout Total Number 1 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Fefresh Seconds Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow Active User Display the users which connect to Vigor router currently You can click the link under the username to open the user profile setting page for that user IP Address Display the IP address of the device Last Login Time Display the login time that such user connects to the router last time Expired Time Display the expired time of the network connection for
221. he IP address of the secondary DNS IP Address Displays the IP address of the LAN interface TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek i Item Description interface WAN 1 Status WAN 5 Line Status Displays the physical connection of this interface Name Displays the name set in WAN1 WAN web page Mode Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Up Time Displays the total uptime of the interface IP Displays the IP address of the WAN interface GW IP Displays the IP address of the default gateway TX Packets Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface TX Rate Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface RX Packets Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface RX Rate Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface 1s not ready for accessing Internet 2 6 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means y
222. he activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 28 Dray Te k 2 5 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE or Drop PPPoE in the Online Status web page Online Status Physical Connection LAN Status System Uptime 0 7 18 Primary ONS 168 95 1 1 Secondary DNS 8 8 4 4 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 100 11 3220 0499 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet sae 00 00 00 IF GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps D 0 D T WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Static IF 0 07 09 IP GW IFP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps Leeroy Le igre lore ie 1015 ol 3366 22 WAN 3 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet en 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps ac sia 0 0 0 0 WAN 4 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet asa 00 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps cae rm 0 0 0 0 WAN 5 Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Signal Yes USB Haa 00 00 00 3 IF GW IP TX Packets TX Rate Bps RX Packets RX Rate Bps TJE pin 0 0 0 0 Detailed explanation is shown below Item Description LAN Status Primary DNS Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Secondary DNS Displays t
223. he last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 Class 2 25 Class 3 25 Others s e L Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 7 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN Bandwidth For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps WAN Outbound It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for Bandwidth WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correc
224. he list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 12 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS gt a Station et 551D and lt gt Encryption WPA WPA2 PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 282 Dray Tek There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code On the side of Vigor 3200 series which served as an AP press WPS button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card
225. he she can access Internet via this router However the accessing operation will be restricted with the conditions configured in this user profile Type a password for such profile e g lug123 wugl23 wug456 etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the password specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication he she can access Internet via this router with the limitation configured in this user profile Type the password again for confirmation If the user is idle over the limitation of the timer the network connection will be stopped for such user By default the Idle Timeout is set to 10 minutes Such profile can be used by many users You can set the limitation for the number of users accessing Internet with the conditions of such profile The default setting is 0 which means no limitation in the number of users It is available only when User Based mode selected in User Management gt gt General Setup 171 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item External Service Authentication Log Pop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Default v Default 4 Create Mew Folic Default If you choose such item the filter rules pre configured in Firewall can be adopted for such user profile Create New Policy If you choose such item the foll
226. he system to execute the PING operation WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network Detection connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 112 Dray Te k Dray Tek Item MTU RIP Protocol Bridge Mode WAN IP Network Settings Description It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function If you check this box to invoke the function the router will work as a bridge Such function is available only for WAN This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using E WAH IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 3 229 Y Obtain an IP addres
227. he table of IP Bind List It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 2 6 LAN Port Mirror LAN Port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism helps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface Vigor3200 Series User s Guide a Dray Tek LAN gt LAN Port Mirror
228. hed IGMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and IGMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established Other means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here with different TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP such binding tunnel table can be established 263 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide This field will display detailed information for Binding Tunnel Policy Below shows a successful binding tunnel policy for load balance Detail Information VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete gt Binding Dial Out Index i Binding Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start fi 165535 Binding Fragmented NO Binding Protocol ANY i OK Close Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name VpnLEB1 j Algorithm Fastest Yo 1 gt Tunnel Bind Table Idnex Dial Out Index protocol Sre IP Dst IP Dst Port Fragmented 1 TCP Protocol 6 192 168 10 24 192 168 10 24 192 168 1 20 192 168 1 20 20 21 NO Note To configure a successful binding tunnel you have to Type Binding Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start an
229. hen the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is used for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply th
230. her information lt center gt lt body gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCE service Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 198 Dr ay Tek Item Setup Test Server Find more Set to Factory Default Default Message Cache Description searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile It is recommended for you to use the default setting auto selected Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to retrieve the factory settings You can type the message manually for your necessity or click this button to get the default message which will be displayed on the field of Administration Message None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly 1f required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to
231. hortcut Delete Rename Properties If you have a Plug and Play printer that connects through a USB port or any other hot pluggable port such as IEEE 1394 infrared and so on you do not need to use this wizard Click Cancel to close the wizard and then plug the printer s cable into your computer or point the printer toward your computer s infrared port and turn the printer on Windows will automatically install the printer for you To continue click Next 4 Close Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer The wizard needs to know which type of printer to set up Select the option that describes the printer you want to use _ Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer A network printer or a printer attached to another computer e Toset up a network printer that is not attached to a print server LD use the Local printer option Cancel Click Local printer attached to this computer and click Next 5 select Standard TCP IP Port Click Next Add Printer Wizard Select a Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port LPT 1 Recommended Printer Port 3 communicate with a local printer omething like this Create a new port Type of port Standard TCP IP Port In this dialog choose Create a ne
232. icate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 View Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted C4 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file ee Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information gt Certificate Information Windows Internet Explorer hittpv192 166 1 LidocCalryil him J Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Valid From Valid To Close Dray Te k 271 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 11 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settin
233. icate Signing Request Information Certificate Name server Issuer Sujeet CST hl ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu O Draytek QU MET CN ODT emailldddress supportddraytek com Subject Alternative Name Valid From Valid To PEM Format Content NITBwecCaSwC sgaugi I xc caJBGhVBAYTaAlLREMRawDgiYDVaolEwdIcg luYzhilhaw DoD VOQHE wdled luY2hiMRawlqYDVOQkKE wd EcmF Sd6Vr Mou gYDVOOLEwWWWS 10 CeAJbQiyVRAMTARRUMNS IwlaYJ Kod ThvcNagkbFhNedsbubs J0oGRyYsloevsure ot MIGDCHA0GCSgGs Ibs DOERAGUAAIGNADCRIOEBGOCHhOSBgGaDLTED wooucshYPuqila Ra uas cJ 7 hmJ VokmkeFRYEUZ SPTulltayvyPEH61M2 cHDLRUJhOnEMNAGh luVsn3u k 2rWU0Np2 I Fpbnd omolbue2 61011 Kv tv x IgE CMhdpsquorGikenoscyr uZ T oq Y Zk7GaowbfOIDagabosawDOYI Kos lhycNaGeFBOADGYEAB1liNMne zHBdu HOV kKtPJakyo2 VEoo TYOuJxullrbhValJhyTxSNqht ysis DLAWVSIOYIPsSsTs94Ddcen yFolrbh z06lsxcUckToG MByYOlLubchHoRyYyRaxiz RTNOYOICRscVYIMNExx 4 pnzUNb TaWeOIw6f 1f BhilnYieFosuzlisiyY Close Note You have to copy the certificate request information from above window Next access your CA server and enter the page of certificate request copy the information into it and submit a request A new certificate will be issued to you by the CA server You can save it Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 270 Dr ay Te k 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certif
234. ide 190 Dray Tek CSM gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name ee Protocol Misc IM P P Protocol ptications S Cl SoulSeek SoulSeek LJ eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza FastTrack Kazad BearShare iMesh OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Ol Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy KCeasy OpenNap Lopster Nap WinLop BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet LI winny Winny WinMx Share Other P2P Applications C Xunlei C agaa LIPp365 C Poca C clubbox Ol Ares ClezFeer Cl Pando Cl Huntmine Clkuwo Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fo IM P P Protocol Misc Select All Clear All Protocol Cons CIFTP LIHTTe Cire C NNTP CI FOP O SMB C SNMP LISSH O SSL TLS C TELNET CMySOL Cl Oracle C PostgreSQL C Sybase LJ Informix Dray Te k 191 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide The items categorized under Misc CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name fs IM P2P Protocol Misc select All Clear All Tunneling LJ Sacks4 5 LJ PGPNet LIHTTP Proxy LI Tor LI VAN L SoftEther IMS TEREDO LJ Wujie UltraSurf Hamachi LIHTTP Tunnel Ping Tunnel LJ Tiny PN RealTunnel DynaPass J ultraven L Free Cl Skyfire Streaming LImms LIRTSP CI TvAnts CIPPStream LIPPT L Feibian Juusee LINSPlayer LJPcast LIT Koa L Sapc
235. ide 260 Dr ay Te k to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name Status LL To A Place 2 To B Site 3 To C place v 4 To D Site Y How can you set a GRE over IPSec profile 1 Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPSec 2 Ifthe router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example Callback Budget fo minutees 4 GRE over IPSec Settings L Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec l Logical Traffic My GRE IP 192 160 50 200 Peer GRE IP 192 160 50 100 5 PCPAIP Network Settings My WAN IP foo RIP Direction TURY Both Remote Gateway IP Oooo Pia first subnet to remote network you have to Remote Network IP 192 166 10 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 755 0 3 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the server 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP Callback Budget fo minuters 4 GRE over IPSec Settings M Enable IPSec Dial Qut function GRE over IPSec Logical Traffic GRE IP 192 168 50
236. ient software Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility ta start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 9 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CAServerB 2 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigog Router via Web GUI Oo User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 14 Dr ay Te k 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit Generate 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Ce
237. ier uid Base Distinguished Name ou People dc ms de draytek de com Group Distinguished Name 4 Click OK to save the settings above 5 Open User Management gt gt General Setup Select User Based as the Mode option User Management gt gt General Setup General Setup Mode User Based Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists In User based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still walid Landing Page Max 255 characters Preview Setto Factory Default bode Stats l gt lt script language Javascript gt iwindow location http www draytek com lt script gt lt body gt B e Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 36 Dray Te k 6 Then open User Management gt gt User Profile to create the user profile that will authenticate with LDAP server User Management gt gt User Profile Reserved Profile Index 3 Enable this account User Online Status Block User Name ldap Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout 10 mings O Unlimited Max User Login 0 0 Unlimited Policy Default i ems could be created as rules and which not set to active Extergal Server Authenticatio
238. ies User s Guide Below shows the items which are categorized under IM CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name IM P2P Protocol Misc Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIM lt v5 9 ICQ Login O O O O Message F F C F File Transfer F F F F Game F O O O Conference Video Voice F F F F Other Activities F F F IM Application VoIP O aim6 7 CI QQ TM iChat C Jabber GoogleT alk Cl Googlechat xFire C GaduGadu C Paltalk C Skype C Kubao C Qnext Opocosep365 O AresChat O aliww ClGizmo ISIP RTP Oke Cl Lava Lava O cuz OliSpQ C TelTel TeamSpeak Oluc CmobilemSN C BaiduHi Web IM more than one address eMessenger ICQ Java IMUnitive MessengerFX C webIM URLs WebMSN meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICQ Flash goowy IMhaha getMessenger Wablet mabber MSN2GO0 KoollM MessengerAdictos WebYahooIM Available settings are explained as follows Item Profile Name Select All Clear All After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Description Type a name for the CSM profile Click it to choose all of the items in this page Uncheck all the selected boxes The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow Below shows the items which are categorized under P2P Vigor3200 Series User s Gu
239. igits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or Ox30351352335343556373839414243 279 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Mode WPA Vigor3200 Series User s Guide There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable w Note You should also set RADIUS Server simultaneously if 802 1x mode is selected Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which ei
240. ile Logging into the web configurator Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to later section Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Wizard T Service Activation Wizard am a a 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to activate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition O Formare PMise key Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 26 Dr ay Te k 4 5 Dray Tek In the following page you can activate the Web content filter service at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next Service Activation Wizard
241. ime to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet The default setting is 1442 PPPoE Pass through The router offers PPPoE dial up connection Besides you also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local clients to your ISP via the Vigor router When PPPoA protocol is selected the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server Thus the PC can access Internet through such direction For Wired LAN If you check this box PCs on the same network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet For Wireless LAN If you check this box PCs on the same wireless network can use another set of PPPoE session different with the Host PC to access into Internet PPP MP Setup PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action IP Address Assignment Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time Method IPCP you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use
242. in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement z please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement UNan Mary Check Account 3 20 characters eooo Password a p el omm n 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username ps papaa aii Confirm Password sooo J Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career S
243. index LAN to LAN Profile Index for such binding tunnel table Scr IP Start End Specify source IP addresses as starting point and ending point Dest IP Start End Specify destination IP addresses as starting point and ending point Dest Port Start End Specify destination service port as starting point and ending point Protocol Any means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here such binding tunnel table can be established for TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP specified here TCP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established UDP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established TCP UPD means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established ICMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and ICMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be establis
244. ing Access Method There are three modes for you to choose 295 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Disable the profile will be inactive If you choose Disable all the web proxy profile appeared under VPN remote dial in web page will disappear Secured Port Redirection such technique applies private port mapping to random WAN port There are two restrictions for proxy web server for such selection 1 it is only used for WAN to LAN access the web server must be configured behind vigor router 2 web server gateway must be indicated to vigor router In addition users must execute Connect manually in SSL Client Portal page SSL if you choose such selection web proxy over SSL will be applied for VPN After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 296 Dr ay Tek 4 13 3 SSL Application It provides a secure and flexible solution for network resources including VNC Virtual Network Computer RDP Remote Desktop Protocol SAMBA to any remote user with access to Internet and a web browser SSL VPN gt SSL Application SSL Applications Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Host Address Service Active e fee i a i ie ie a a a ma mn Each item is explained as follows Item Description Name Display the application name of the profile that you create Host Address Display the IP address for VNC RDP or SAMBA path Service Dis
245. ing gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name Po Categories File Extensions Image Select All Ll bmp dib Cl gif O jpeg O jpg O jpg2 O jp2 Clear All L pct U pex L pic El pct El png L tif E tiff Select All O asft O avi l mov l mpe l mpeg Li mpg J mp4 Oegt Oem O wmvy O 3gp O 3gpp O 3gpp2 01 392 S j ji iD D Clear All Audio Select All El aac O aiff Cau O mp3 O ma DO m p Cl ogg Clear All L ra ram C vox C wav l wma Jawa Select All El ciass DO jad O jar O jav O java O jem O js Clear All O jse jsp jtk ActiveX Select All O ak O app O axs O ocx O ob Dole Oth Clear All Lviv L vrm Compression Select All O ace O aj O bzip2 U bz2 O cab gz UL gzip F rar C sit C zip Clear AIl Executation Select All L bas Ci bat LJ com O exe l inf E pif L reg Clear All L scr Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Te k 187 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 7 CSM Profile Content Security Management CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management A
246. ing Port Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger profile User Defined k User Defined Real Player Cluick Time BitTorrent Type the text to memorize the application of this rule Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for such triggering profile Type the port or port range for such trigger profile When the triggering packets received it is expected the incoming packets will use the selected protocol Select the protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the incoming data of such triggering profile Type the port or port range for the incoming packets After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 4 4 Firewall 4 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denie
247. ing needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin ha Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box ref DrayTek Syslog 2 9 1 m Controls 197 168 1 1 z WAN Information WON IP Fixed le lea 213 CLAN Status TX Packets Re Packets Wahl IP Fixed 26459 15255 Tool Setup Telnet Read outSetup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSIWEM Traditional Chinese Big
248. irewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog Check Enable to activate function of alert log Type the port number for alert log The default setting is 514 321 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Mail Alert Setup Send a test e mail SMTP Server Mail To Return Path Authentication Enable E mail Alert Description Check Enable to activate function of mail alert Make a simple test for the e mail address specified in this page Please assign the mail address first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail address is available or not The IP address of the SMTP server Assign a mail address for sending mails out Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Check the box to send alert message to the e mail box while the router detecting the item s you specify here Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu fay Router Tools 73 5 1 2 About Router Tools a Firmware Uperade Utility i gt Uninstall Router Tools 3 5 1
249. king to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Such function is available in Admin Mode only Q Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did before Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 344 Dr ay Te k Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Such function is available in Admin Mode only Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do you want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Auto Reboot Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory Reset Dray Te USE WANT WANS
250. l be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Type PIN code of the SIM card that will be used to access Internet Such value is used to initialize USB modem Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your ISP APN means Access Point Name which is provided and required by some ISPs Type the name and click Apply Modem Initial String2 The initial string 1 is shared with APN Modem Dial String Dray Tek In some cases users may need another initial AT command to restrict 3G band or do any special settings Such value is used to dial through USB mode Please use the default value If you have any question please contact to your 117 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description ISP PPP Username Type the PPP username optional PPP Password Type the PPP password optional Index 1 15 in Schedule Set the PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You Setup can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network Detection connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have
251. l be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it VPN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with different VPN not accessing for each other Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you me Dray Tek Item Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE Dray Tek Description Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel 4 2427 MHz Channel 5 2452hMHz Channel 6 2437 MHz Channel 7 244 MHz Channel 8 2447 WiHz Channel 9 24452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz Channel 12 2467 MHz Channel 13 247 2M1Hz Channel This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check it to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices This feature
252. lable settings are explained as follows Description Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Choose a proper authentication type for VPN connection Local User Database ka Radius LDAP For PSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location a Dray Tek Item Description of the remote host for building VPN connection Remote Network Please type the network mask according to the real location of Mask the remote host for building VPN connection 4 After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Co
253. le IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 179 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 6 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name 1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 1 6 22 E 3 8 4 si 25 10 26 11 ZT 12 28 13 29 14 30 15 31 16 32 lt lt 1 32 33 64 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 Harme Frotocol T e rt 7 Source Port lt lt Destination Port Cancel Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 180 Dr ay Tek Item Description Source Destination Port Sour
254. le this account Password Idle Timeout 300 second s Authentication Type Allowed Dial In Type PFTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy SSL Tunnel PIN Code Secret Pre Shared Key Cl Specify Remote Node Remate Client IP or Peer ISON Number orPeer ID i O Netbios Naming Packet Pass Black IPSec Security Method Multicast via YPN Pass Block Mediumi AH for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 4 High ESP DES Local ID optional Subnet or O Assign Static IP Address pooo SSL VPN Set SSL Web Proxy Set SSL Application Available settings are explained as follows Item Description User account and Authentication fe Local User Database Ol Enable Mobile One Time Passwards mOTP4 Po IKE Authentication Method Cl Digital Signature x 509 SDES AES Enable this account Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN co
255. le with Vigor router 2009 10 01 Latest FAQ 02 How to use PRTG monitors network traffic Vigor Router 2009 09 22 Basic 03 What is Powerline Networking 2009 09 15 Advanced 04 What are the benefits of networking devices found at home 2009 09 15 adad 05 What is the maximum wire length that powerline technology can communicate over 2009 09 15 isda 06 Is VigorPlug s powerline technology compatible with other home networking technologies 2009 09 15 oe including phone line powerline and RF Wireless 07 Will Powerline technology interfere with ADSL services 2009 09 15 VoIP 08 How does Powerline networking handle co interference between two adjacent homes 2009 09 15 QoS Click Support Area gt gt Product Registration the following web page will be displayed Dray Tek 31 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code AYi CXZ lf vou cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a My ideor Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 886 3 597 2727 of email to webmaster draytek com 2 8 Registering Vigor Router You have finished the configuration of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf the Internet at any time Now it is the time to register your Vigo
256. lease contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask a Dray Tek After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for PPP in WAN5 To use PPP for 3G USB Modem as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPP mode for WANS The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 5 36 Modem SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Modem Initial String Modem Dial String PPP Username PPP Password PPP Authentication O Enable Disable AT amp FEOVIA1ED2EC150 0 Default AT amp FEOV1 1 amp D2 amp C150 0 ATDT 99 Default ATDT 992 CDMA ATDT 777 TD SCDMA ATDT 98 12 oS 0p tional Po Optional PAP or CHAP w Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup IL tL tL 4 WAN Connection Detection Mode Ping IP TIL ARP Detect Available settings are explained as follows Item 3G Modem SIM PIN code Modem Initial String APN Name Description Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function wil
257. ll WAN disconnect WAN1 will be activated when all the WAN interfaces disconnect After finished the above settings click OK to save the settings For WANS USB To use 3G network connection through 3G USB Modem please configure WANS interface WAN gt gt General Setup WAN 5 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed kKbps DownLink Uplink Send Mail Alert if line drops out Active Mode Backup Type Only if acting as backup for multiple WAND Yes w 000 de mE Backup wy CIWAN 1 0O WAN 2 WAN 3 WAN 4 WAN 5 When any of selected WAN disconnect When all of selected WAN disconnect Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed Send Mail Alert if line drops out Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface For such WAN interface is fixed to USB network connection it is not necessary to specify physical type If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading for such WAN interface The unit is kbps Check the box to enable this function When the network connection is off the system will send a mail alert
258. low access to this site according to the categories you have selected Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of requests for categorization Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 188 Dr ay Tek CSM H APPEnforcement Profile H URL Content Filter Profile H Web Content Filter Profile 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol Misc application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt SPP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 17 SFEBBRBPEEFPRBEBEE ee Ele R EB YEP RrrPPeReee Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail There are four tabs IM P2P Protocol and Misc displayed on this page Each tab will bring out different items that you can choose to disallow people using Dr ay Te k 189 Vigor3200 Ser
259. lustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 192 168 1 3 i A Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set eee ei PAP or CHAP Authentication ae ere Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE w MPPE y Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Username Cd For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 62 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Moes Mapes Aes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In Use
260. may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username C PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel VJ Compression C L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Fl Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote VPN Gateway Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key fs 220 135 240 210 L Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES F 3DES V AES If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type PPTP Username draytek L IPSec Tunnel Password C L2TP with IPSec Policy E races on Off IKE Authentication Method l Pre Shared Ke Specify Remote YPN Gateway Y Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre shared Key y 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature 509 orPeerID O ae IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES 3DES AES Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 56 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek 7 At last set the remote network I P subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 4 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 RIP Direction Remote Gate
261. me Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction WANT General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inboun IN OUT WAN Outbous sane 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Dr ay Tek 67 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Name E mail NO Status Local Address Remote Address 10 Inactive Any DiffServ Service Type CodePoint YP ANY undefined 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth WAN Outbound Bandwidth Class Name 10000 Kbps 10000 Kbps Reserved bandwidth Ratio 5 h 25 ie
262. ment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup Server IP Address SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log O Authentication VPN Log User Name User Access Log Password Call Log Enable E Mail Alert WAN Log DoS Attack Router DSL information IM P2P After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 168 Dray Tek 4 5 User Management User Management is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic except DHCP related packets from a particular ho
263. murf attack 15 Unknown protocol 8 Trace route Below shows the menu items for Firewall Firewall H General Setup P Filter Setup H DoS Defense Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 152 Dray Te k 4 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page General Setup Page Such page allows you to enable disable Call Filter and Data Filter determine general rule for filtering the incoming and outgoing data Firewall gt gt General Setup General Setup General Setup Default Rule Call Filter Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Set l Disable Enable Start Filter Set Disable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for same games ex CS 3 Enable Strict Security Firewall Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek Item Call Filter Data Filter Accept large incoming Description Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function
264. n LD 7 rdi w shrd None Authentication F Web E Alert Tool Ml Telnet Landing Page El Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 7 After above configurations users belong to either rd1 or shrd group can access Internet after inputting their credentials on LDAP server Dray Tek 37 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 2 How to implement the AD LDAP authentication for SSL Application Below shows the configuration steps 1 Access into the web configurator of the Vigor router 2 Open Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP to get the following page for configuring LDAP related settings Click the General Setup tab and enable the AD LDAP service Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Active Directory ENET aI LDAP Profiles Server IP Address 172 16 2 8 Regular Mode Destination Port 636 Use SSL Regular DN uid ypntest ou Vpnugers dezma dc dray Regular Password 1234 OK Cancel There are three types of bind type supported Simple Mode Just simply do the bind authentication without any search action Anonymous Perform a search action first with Anonymous account then do the bind authentication Regular Mode Mostly it is the same with anonymous mode The different is that the server will firstly check if you have the search authority For the regular mode you ll need to type in the Regular DN and Regular Password Vigor3200 Series
265. nce If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 12 7 Advanced Setting This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode channel bandwidth guard interval and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission Wireless LAN gt Advanced Setting HT Physical Mode Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Guard Interval Aggregation MSDU A MSDU Mixed Mode Green Field 20 20 40 long auto Disable Enable OK Available settings are explained as follows Item Operation Mode Channel Bandwidth Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Mixed Mode the router can transmit data with the ways supported in both 802 1 1a b g and 802 11n standards However the entire wireless transmission will be slowed down if 8
266. nd this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Index Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Status x KOWO E K K W a i 2 3 4 5 6 T B 9 10 a m Ta a lt lt 1 10 11 20 21 30 31 40 gt gt Dray Tek 139 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Each item is explained as follows Item Description Index Display the number of the profile Service Name Display the description of the specific network service Protocol Display the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Public Port Display the port number which will be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host Private IP Display the IP address of the internal host providing the Service Status Display if the profile is enabled v or not
267. nds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters L2TP with IPSec Policy C Specify Remote VPN Gateway Peer YPN Server IP orPeerID O 4 Gre over IPSec Settings C Enable IPSec Dial Qut function GRE over IPSec C Logical Traffic 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP Remote Gateway IP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Local Network IP Local Network Mask Item Allowed Dial In Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Username if Password fF YJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium AH Hight ESP DES V 3DES AES My GREP Peere U U O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 192 165 1 1 255 255 255 0 lore From first subnet to remote network you hawe to do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 RIF Direction Description Determine the dial in connection with different types PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN 252 Dray Tek Dray Tek Item IKE Authentication
268. neral Setup Online Status WAN Mode User Based LAN NAT bin t Notice a aalas allasa 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists Gonoral Solu in user based firewall mode 2 Users match the above lists will not be required for authentication The firewall rules policy will still valid 3 Otherwise authentication required for users not matched the above lists The firewall rules designated in the user profile s policy will still valid Objects Setting CSM Bandwidth Management Applications Landing Page Max 255 characters Preview Set to Factory Default VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management VoIP Wireless LAN USB Application System Maintenance Diagnostics lt body stats 1 gt lt script language javascript gt window location http www yahoo com lt script gt lt body gt Open User Management gt gt User Profile to create a new user profle User Management gt gt User Profile User Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 admin iT 2 System Reservation 16 d 13 4 20 2 l amp 22 i 23 8 24 Click any link e g 3 to access into the following page Type a User Name and a Password Then click OK User Management User Profile Profile Index 3 Enable this account User Online Status Block User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout 0 min s 0
269. net You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Then specify the following items for authentication with digital signature Peer ID Select one of the predefined Profiles set in VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Local ID Specify a local ID Al
270. net Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule 1 Click any index for example Index No 1 Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Index Status Index e ee ce i Aine lo Status v Active s Inactive Dray Tek 4 z EA eee eee OC 2 S e i k PEERI 217 Set to Factory Default Status X KO KK KK K X K Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index 1 are shown below Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date yyyy mm dd Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mm Idle Timeout bo minute si mas 255 0 for default How Often once Weekdays Ol Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri O Sat Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Schedule Check to enable the schedule Setup Start Date Specify the starting date of the schedule yyyy mm_ dd Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time Specify the duration or period for the schedule hh mm Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection t
271. nfirm Your Settings YPN Environment Site ta Site YPN LAN to Lans Index 3 Profile Name PN Serl Username serverl Allowed Service PPTP IPSec Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another YPN Server Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Go to the VPN Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Connection Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Management Connection status Do another VPN Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Server Wizard through VPN Server Wizard Setup View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration 5 If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action Dr ay Te k 231 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 10 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service e g PPTP VPN IPSec VPN L2TP VPN SSL VPN etc of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appr
272. ng For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 1 Power Switch Power Adapter Dray Tek Yisers200 M T a e Cable DSL Modem or Media Converter et exc Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 6 Dr ay Te k 1 4 Printer Installation You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing All the PCs connected this router can print documents via the router The example provided here is made based on Windows XP 2000 For Windows 98 SE Vista please visit www DrayTek com Internet Before using it please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers or wireless clients 1 Connect the printer with the router through USB parallel port 2 Open Start gt Settings gt Printer and Faxes HA Documents a l Settings B Control Panel m E Network Connections Search amp Printers and Faxes of Taskbar and Start Menu f Help and Support Run Log OFF coco lee Turn OFF Computer Internet Explorer mad Dray Tek l Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 Printers and Faxes Add Printer Server Properties Set Up Faxing Add Printer Wizard Open File gt Add Printer A welcome dialog will appear Please click Next Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install 4 printer or make printer connections i Edit View Favorites Tools Create S
273. ng effective bandwidth management gt Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and GRE over IPSec gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure gt The TCP Session transmitted by using VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism will not be lost due to one of VPN Tunnels disconnected Users do not need to reconnect with setting TCP UDP Service Port again The VPN Load Balance function can keep the transmission for internal data on tunnel stably Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 256 Dr ay Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Backup Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LA4N to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present Members active Type Load Balance Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LAN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Name Memberi active Type Members active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name Memberi Please select a LAN to LAN Dial Out profile Ww Member2 Please select a LAN to LaN Dial Out profile Active Mode Backup O Load Balance Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status on Backup Profile field
274. ngineering Task Force IETF As the name described LDAP is designed as an effect way to access directory service without the complexity of other directory service protocols For LDAP is defined to perform inquire and modify the information within the directory and acquire the data in the directory securely therefore users can apply LDAP to search or list the directory object inquire or manage the active directory General Setup This page allows you to enable the function and specify general settings for LDAP server Applications gt gt Active Directory LDAP Active Directory LDAP Set to Factory Default Active Directory General Setup DAP profiles LJ Enable Bind Type Destination Port e Use SSL Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Check to enable such function Bind Type There are three types of bind type supported Simple Mode Simple Mode Anonymous Regular Mode _ Simple Mode Just simply do the bind authentication without any search action Anonymous Perform a search action first with Anonymous account then do the bind authentication Regular Mode Mostly it is the same with anonymous mode Dray Te k 221 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Server IP Address Destination Port Use SSL Regular DN Regular Password Profiles The different is that the server will firstly check if you have the search authority For the regular mode you
275. nnected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Left LED The port is connected LAN Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1000Mbps Of Green f The port is connected with 10 100Mbps when left LED is on Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 Dr ay Te k Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration WANI WAN4 Connecters for remote networked devices DMZ Connecter for local DMZ host LAN Connecter for local network devices USB Connecter for 3G Modem or printer PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch Dr ay Te k 3 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 1 2 2 For Vigor3200n Dray Tek D N Wireless LAN ONIOFFIWPS act VPN CSM USB WANT WAN3 WLAN WAN2 WAN4 LED ACT Activity USB WLAN VPN WANI 4 CSM LED on Connector Left LED WAN 1 2 3 4 Green Right LED Green DMZ Left LED Green Right LED Green Left LED LAN Green Right LED Green Vigor3200 Series User s Guide SEIE Blinking S h Blinking 5 Blinking O O O 5 5 p Blinking 5 Off Blinking n Off i O10 Ep 5 Blinking
276. nnection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec ae Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Subnet SSL VPN Description policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection SSL Tunnel It allows the remote dial in user to make an SSL VPN Tunnel connection through Internet suitable for the application through network accessing e g PPTP L2TP IPSec If you check this box the function of SSL Tunnel for this account will be activated immediately Specify Remote Node Check the checkbox to specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Netbios Naming Packet Pass Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbio
277. number and the end porting number here 1f you choose Range as the type 4 By the way you can set up to 10 service types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Dr ay Tek 213 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 9 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Applications gt Dynamic DNS H Schedule H RADIUS H LDAP Active Directory H UPnP H IGMP H Wake on LAN 4 9 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org
278. numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters r Cora On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step 15 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAR Interface Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Note There are five WAN selections available for you to choose In which WANS is selected for 3G USB modem connection Refer to the following for detailed information 2 3 1 For WAN1 WAN4 Choose WAN 1I WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 and click Next On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you PPPoE interface Then click Next for next step 2 3 1 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you th
279. o be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and never up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule 3 Click OK button to save the settings Example Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 218 Dr ay Tek Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down a Dray Tek Office Hour Force On Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 219 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 9 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely
280. o draytek com Dray Tek 85 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4Ahe1C lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyVider Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 889 3 597 2727 oF email to webmastena draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 86 Dray Te k 3 12 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton gt gt File Explorer If it is necessary for you to delete copy files on the device or write paste files to the devcie it must be done through SAMBA server or FTP server Samba service is based on the original USB FTP service You will need to setup USB FTP first We would like to give brief instructions on USB FTP setup here 1 Plug the USB device to the
281. o finish the activation of the account and the router As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference 328 Dray Tek Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Activate Status Commtouch Start Date 2010 07 27 Expire Date 2010 08 27 Authentication Message Activated Wiz Activated Wizard query license status Successful 2010 07 27 O8 47 13 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset 4 16 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items for Diagnostics Diagnostics Dray Te k 329 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 16 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g PPPoE is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format 00 50 YF 22 33 44 00 OE 46 24 05 41 08 00 45 00 00 4B BE 54 00 OO F 11 12 3B CO 46 01 04 AS 5F 01 01 05 CB OO 35 00 37 ES 91 0i 74 0i 00 00 0i 00 00 00 00 00 OO O7 67 61 7465 77 61 79 096
282. o the load balance policy configuration web page Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface Use the drop down menu to change the WAN interface Displays the IP address for the start of the source IP Displays the IP address for the end of the source IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the end of the destination IP Displays the IP address for the start of the destination port Displays the IP address for the end of the destination port Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy 119 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Click any Index number link to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 C Enable Protocol Binding WAN Interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End any v WANT Auto failover to the other WAN ill Each item 1s explained as follows Item Enable Protocol Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Check this box to enable this policy Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Choose the WAN interface WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS for binding Auto failover to other WAN Check this b
283. odify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet 2 3 2 For WANS To use 3G USB modem for network connection please choose WANS 1 Choose WANS as the WAN Interface and click the Next button Quick Start Wizard WAN Interface WAN Interface WANS fe Physical Mode USB Physical Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 24 Dr ay Tek 2 Then click Next to continue Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANS Physical Mode USB Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 3 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK H 4 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Dray Tek 25 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 2 4 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to set WCF Web Content Feature with a quick and easy way For the Service Activation Wizard is only available for admin operation therefore please type admin admin on Username Password wh
284. of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set
285. ofile Name Profile Name admin Dial In User FREEB RE Bre PrP rPePreeee 32 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt i i k Pat To set the user profile please click any index number link to open the following page Notice that profile 1 Admin and profile 2 Dial In User are factory default settings and only few settings for them can be modified Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 170 Dr ay Te k User Management gt User Profile Profile Index 3 Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login External Server Authentication Log Fop Browser Tracking Window Authentication Landing Page Enable Time Quota Indext 1 153 in Schedule Setup LAN User Group 1 10 mings O Unlimited o 0 unimited None v Mone Web Alert Tool Telnet oJ mincs Retesh more min s dE O l Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable this account User Name Password Confirm Password Idle Timeout Max User Login Policy Dray Tek Description Check this box to enable such user profile Type a name for such user profile e g LAN_User_Group_l WLAN_User_Group_A WLAN_User_Group_B etc When a user tries to access Internet through this router an authentication step must be performed first The user has to type the User Name specified here to pass the authentication When the user passes the authentication
286. ofiles Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 182 Dray Te k Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Name Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects 1 SIP 2 RTP Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type All the available service objects that you have added on Objects Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 183 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 6 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Set to Factory Default Index Name Index Name SBEBBRAEBBEBRBEBE EE ee ele RE Be P RPP Pre eee 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Next gt gt A A td Pred Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1
287. ol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection WAN Interface Choose the WAN interface for such address mapping profile WAN IP Select an IP address Local host can use this IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any one of the Public IP settings you must specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click OK a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address for incoming packets Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 3 5 Port Triggering Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function The key difference between open port and port triggering 1s Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect open port keeps the ports opened forever Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect port triggering will only attempt to open the ports once the triggering conditions are met The duration that these ports are opened depends on the type of protocol used The default durations are shown below and these duration values can be modified via telnet commands TCP 86400 sec UDP 180 sec IGMP
288. old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Upezade tility 3 5 1 Saks Time Guk Sec Router IP 192 1681 J Pork Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie m Password Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 72 Dr ay Te k 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Sales Time QuktSec j Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File TEE Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished Using Web Page The web page also can guide you to upgrade firmware Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System l 3 System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file Pe Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTF Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 6 RC5 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Check that the firmware filename is correct hase te Do you want to upgrade firmware Select a firmware file by clicking Browse Click Upgrade to perform the firmware upgrade Dray Tek 73 Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other S party TFTP cl
289. omment Make a name for the defined network application service WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Local Computer Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 3 4 Address Mapping This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router please use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out to Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 146 Dr ay Tek Internet You can use address mapping f
290. on LAN for the rule Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule It allows you to edit source address information J http 192_168_1_1 doc QosIpEdthtm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type Subnet Address v Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS 210 Dray Tek 4 After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Ind
291. opriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup Enable PPTP VPN Service Enable IPSec VPN Service Enable L2TP YPN Service Enable SSL YPN Service Note If you intend running a VPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 10 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol LDAP Server Profiles for PPP Authentication ME PAP or CHAP Y PPTP LDAP Profile Authentication al MPPE Optional MPPE ha Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set Assigned IP start LAN 1 Lan 2 192 168 2200 Lan 3 1921683200 LAN 4 1921684200 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Dial In PPP PAP Only elect this option to force the router to authenticate Authentication PAP dial in users with the PAP protocol Only PAP or CHAP Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 238
292. or TCP IP protocol header compression This field is applicable when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Local ID Specify which one will be inspected first Alternative Subject Name First The alternative subject name configured in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate will be inspected first Subject Name First The subject name configured in 253 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item IPSec Security Method GRE over IPSec Settings TCP IP Network Settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate will be inspected first This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypt
293. or supporting automatically The supported 3G USB Modem will be listed on DrayTek web site Please visit www DrayTek com for more detailed information Below shows the menu items for WAN WAN H General Setup H Internet Access H Load Balance Policy 4 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI1 to WANS in details There are four WAN ports represented with WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 and WAN4 in web pages and one USB port represented with WANS in web pages offered by the router For this router supports multiple WANs function it allows users to access Internet and combine the bandwidth of the multiple WANs to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 to WANS respectively WAN gt General Setup Load Balance Mode Auto Weight w Setup Index Enable cde are E acer Active Mode WANT Ethernet Auto negotiation 10000 10000 Always On WAN Ethernet Auta negotiation 10000 10000 Alhways On WANS Ethernet Auta negotiation 10000710000 Backup WAN4 Ethernet Auta negotiation 10000710000 Backup
294. ose is to setup a VPN trunk between Vigor3200 192 168 1 0 24 and Vigor3300 192 168 33 0 24 Vigor3300 Vigor3200 Dial in Dial out essu i we eo WAN1 202 211 110 100 GRE WAN 10 0 0 2 WAN1 202 211 110 30 GRE WAN 10 0 0 1 WAN2 202 211 120 100 WAN2 202 211 120 30 A GRE WAN 10 0 0 4 Internet GRE WAN 10 0 0 3 a a LAN LAN 192 168 1 0 24 192 168 33 0 24 IPSec VPN Tunnel At present Vigor3200 just supports one VPN trunk group with two members for the same VPN network pair In this case the VPN trunk is built for 192 168 1 0 24 lt gt 192 168 33 0 24 In other word although Vigor3200 supports 4 WAN connections it just allows you to use 2 VPN connections over two WAN ports for one VPN trunk group between the networks 192 168 1 0 24 and 192 168 33 0 24 Note You can still setup two VPN trunk groups over 4 WAN connections between the networks 192 168 1 0 24 and 192 168 33 0 24 But the VPN traffic can just pass through one VPN trunk group You can create arbitrary number of VPN trunk groups between Vigor3200 and Vigor3300 for different VPN network pairs For example suppose there is another network 192 168 10 0 24 behind Vigor3300 You may create a VPN trunk group over WANI and WAN2 connections for 192 168 1 0 24 lt gt 192 168 33 0 24 and the other VPN trunk group over WAN3 and WAN4 for 192 168 1 0 24 lt gt 192 168 10 0 24 Please refer to the Scenario 2 described in this docum
295. ou installed onto the router Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC When you finish the selection click Next Add Printer Wizard Install Printer Software The manufacturer and model determine which printer software to use mr Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for compatible printer software Manufacturer E Eidi AST lt a Canon y ee fle zy This driver is digitally signed windows Update Tell me why driver signing is important 10 For the final stage you need to go back to Control Panel gt Printers and edit the property of the new printer you have added amp Brother HL 1070 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Device Settings 9 a Brother HL 1070 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description O 3 250 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port 1 Standard TCP IP Port Local Pot Printer Epson Stylus COLOR 1160 HP LaserJet 1300 Brother HL 1070 PDF995 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 11 Select LPR on Protocol type p1 number 1 as Queue Name Then click OK Next please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct proto
296. our settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button 2 7 Support Area When you click the menu item under Support Area you will be guided to visit www draytek com and open the corresponding pages directly Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 30 Dr ay Te k Support Area Application Note FAQ Product Registration Click Support Area gt gt Application Note the following web page will be displayed Dr ay Te k RHA English Login co About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Application Notes Application Notes Latest Application Application Notes 01 How to use Windows Disk Management to format the USB Disk 2009 09 09 Latest Application 02 How to make a call between ATA24 without IP PBX or SIP server 2009 08 25 General 03 Vigor Router to NETGEAR with IPSec tunnel 2009 07 20 Dual WAN 04 SSL VPN Tunnel 2009 07 16 v 05 How to Access the Computers and Shared Files via Samba Protocol 2009 06 18 A E IP Filter Firewall 06 SSL Web Proxy 2009 06 18 USB 07 How to use VNC and RDP via SSL VPN 2009 06 18 VPN NAQ VianrIGEN Hart tal AM VDM sath NAD Aithantinatinn NNMNE INA Click Support Area gt gt FAQ the following web page will be displayed Dray Tek Sah English Login 0 About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support FAQ 01 What types of 3G modem cellphone are compatib
297. out Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling link Type Username draytek IPSec Tunnel Password Coc L2TP with IPSec Policy Mone PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression On Off Dial Number for ISDN or ET IKE Authentication Method Server IP Host Name for VPN uthentication Metho such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 200 135 240 208 KE Pre Shared Key None IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Dray Tek 59 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Usermame E PPTP IPSec Tunnel Password V1 Compression Cl L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Y pre Shared Specify Remote YPN Gateway Pre Shared Key Peer VPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key OOOO 220 135 240 208
298. ow Min and CWMax means contention Window Max Please specify the value ranging from 1 to 15 Be aware that CWMax value must be greater than CWMin or equals to CWMin value Both values will influence the time delay for WMM accessing categories The difference between AC_VI and AC_VO categories must be smaller however the difference between AC_BE and AC_BK categories must be greater It means transmission opportunity For WMM categories of AC_VI and AC_VO that need higher priorities in data transmission please set greater value for them to get highest transmission opportunity Specify the value ranging from 0 to 65535 It is an abbreviation of Admission control Mandatory It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is checked Note Vigor2920 provides standard WMM configuration in the web page If you want to modify the parameters please refer to the Wi Fi WMM standard specification Uncheck default value the box means the AP router will answer the response request while transmitting WMM packets through wireless connection It can assure that the peer must receive the WMM packets Check the box means the AP router will not answer any response request for the transmitting packets It will have better performance with lower reliability After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide oe Dray Tek 4 12 9 AP Discovery Vigor router
299. owing page will be popped up for you to define another filter rule as a new policy Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 2 Comments O O Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup ie Source IP Any Destination IP Any Service Type Any For the detailed configuration simply refer to Firewall gt gt Filter Rule The firewall filter rules that are not selected in Firewall gt gt General gt gt Default rule can be available for use in User Management gt gt User Profile The router will authenticate the dial in user by itself or by external service such as LDAP server or Radius server If LDAP or Radius is selected here it is not necessary to configure the password setting above Time of login log out block unblock for the user s can be sent to and displayed in Syslog Please choose any one of the log items to take down relational records for the user s Mone None If such function is enabled a pop up window will be displayed on the screen with time remaining for connection if Idle Timeout is set However the system will update the time periodically to keep the connection always on Thus Idle Timeout will not interrupt the network connection Any user from LAN side or WLAN side tries to connect to Internet via Vigor router must be authenticated by the router a Dray Tek Item Description first There are three ways offered by the router for the user to choose fo
300. owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 Dr ay Te k 205 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default f f
301. owser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving Such feature is available for certain area Automatically Update Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Interval Click OK to save these settings Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 324 Dr ay Tek 4 15 9 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Santer Name 3900 Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Management Access Control Telnet Port Default 23 O Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 FTF Server HTTPS Port 445 Default 4435 HTTP Server FTP Port Default 21 HTTPS Server Telnet Server 5H Port Default 22 SSH Server l SNMP Setup Disable PING from the Internet Enable SNMP Agent Lf Trap Community Notification Host IP fs Trap Timeout
302. packets sent to the remote VPN network VPH and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Dial out Tool Pefresh Seconds 10 Refresh General Mode Dial Backup Made Dial wandwanz 202 211 110 100 wanlwan2 202 211 110 100 VPH Connection Status wantwan2 202 211 120 100 Current Page 1 Fage Nof Go o gt Virtual Tx Tx Rx Rx ili TBE Remote IP Network o Pts Rate Bps Pkts kaappi UP lime Load Balance Mode 1 IPSec Tunnel 202 211 110 100 wand only DES No Auth HAE MEL 192 168 33 0 24 1983 42 Sarel 60 1 6 10 Drop i a on a a a Serres ie RR tg zee i tee _Drop HEREXKEX Data is encrypted WAARM Data isn t encrypted Settings for Vigor3300 1 Open VPN gt gt IPSec gt gt VPN Trunk gt gt Policy Table Choose Index 1 and click Edit VPN IPSec VPN Trunk Policy Table Connection Name Local GRE IP Remote Gateway Remote GRE IP Interface Profile Status Operational Status 000000000 0 Refresh Edit Delete Delete All Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 94 Dr ay Te k 2 In this page please configure the settings as the following figure VPN IPSec YPN Trunk Policy Table Edit Profile Status Mame Authentication Preshared Key Security Protocol MAT Traversal Local Gateway WAN Interface Local Certificate Security Gateway Local GRE IPF Mext hop Remote Gateway Remote ID Security Gateway
303. packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain
304. pen System Maintenance gt gt User Password 2 Check the box of Enable User Mode for simple web configuration to enable user mode operation Type a new password in the field of New Password and click OK System Maintenance gt gt User Password Enable User Mode for simple web configuration User Password Setto Factory Default Note Password can contain only a z A Z0 9 lt 4 gt 2 7 24 Dray Te k 315 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 3 The following screen will appear Simply click OK System Maintenance gt gt User Password Password elias 4 Log out Vigor router Web Configurator Product Registration All Rights Reserved 5 The following window will be open to ask for username and password Type the new user password in the filed of Password and click Login Username Password Group Fa Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 6 The main screen with User Mode will be shown as follows Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 316 Dray Te k Vigor3200 Seres Dray Tek Multi WAN Security Router i i A System Status 3 A Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Online Status Firmware Version ae ie Ho Build Date Time Jun 25 2012 15 58 33 WAN LAN _LAN NAT i MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS Applications LANI 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192
305. ph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANT Bandwidth Daily ka Refresh Mints Refresh Sessions a Tx Kbps a Rx Kbps Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANI Bandwidth w l Heine The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 WANS Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past Dray Te k 335 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 16 8 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN to ping through please select Unspecified Ping through Unspecified ping to Hest IP Y 1p Address Hast IP DNE JRun Result Gateway 1 Gateway 2 Gateway 3 Gateway 4 Gateway 5 Each item is explained as follows Item Description Ping through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Ho
306. play the assigned IP address of the default gateway VoIP Profile Display the VoIP profile for the phone port In Out Display the number of incoming outgoing phone call Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 312 Dr ay Tek 4 15 2 TR 069 This device supports TR 069 standard It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a TR 069 device through an Auto Configuration Server e g VigorACS System Maintenance gt gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server On ACS Server WAL sername Password CPE Client Internet PT Enable Disable WIRL Port Wsername Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server IP Server Port http 172 16 3 102 8068 cwr CRN html oss pigor S eeeessse ____ second s pas Minimum Keep Alive Period eo o second s Maximum Keep Alive Period fi second s Available parameters are explained as follows Dray Tek Item ACS Server On ACS Server CPE Client Periodic Inform Settings Description Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server URL Username Password Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user s manual for detailed information Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Allow Deny the CP
307. play the type of the service selected e g VNC RDP SAMBA Active Display current status active or inactive of the selected profile Click number link under Index filed to make detailed configuration SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 Enable Application Service Application Please Select w Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Application Check this box to enable this application Service Application Name Type the profile name for the application Application Use the drop down list to choose an application applied to Dr ay Tek 297 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide this profile Please Select Plpase Select Virtual Network Computing YMC Remote Desktop Protocol ROP Samba Application Different application type will lead different web pages Refer to the following Virtual Network Computing Choose this item for accessing and controlling a remote PC through VNC protocol SSL VPN gt SSL Application Profile Index 1 C Enable Application Service application IP Address fs Port Scaling IP Address Type the IP address for this protocol Port Specify the port used for this protocol The default setting is 5900 Scaling Chose the percentage 100 80 60 for such application Remote Desktop Protocol Choose this item for accessing and controlling a remote PC through RDP protocol SSL VPN gt SSL Application
308. port USB diskette with formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only Therefore before connecting the USB diskette into the Vigor router please make sure the memory format for the USB diskette is FAT16 or FAT32 It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely FAT16 cannot support long filename USB Application gt gt USB General Settings USB General Settings General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections 5 Maximum 6 Default Charset English kad samba Service Settings Network Neighborhood Enable Disable Access Mode LAN Only LAN And WAN NetBios Name Service Note 1 If Charset is set to English only English long file name is supported 2 Multi session ftp download will be banned by Router FTP server If your ftp client have multi connection mechanism such as FileZilla you may limit clent connections setting to 1 to get better performance 3 A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name and the host name can have as many as 15 characters and a host name can have as many as 23 characters but both cannot contain any of the following lt 2 gt 7 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections This field is used to specify the quantity of the FTP sessions The router allows up to 6 FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time Default Charset At present Vigor router su
309. pports several types of character sets Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 304 Dray Te k Item Description 5 Maximum 6 English v F i Chinese Simple Chinese Traditional German Samba Service Settings Click Enable to invoke samba service via the router Access Mode LAN Only Users coming from internet cannot connect to the samba server of the router LAN And WAN Both LAN and WAN users can access samba server of the router NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk you have to specify a workgroup name and a host name A workgroup name must not be the same as the host name The workgroup name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name can have as many as 23 characters Both them cannot contain any of the following lt gt I1 Workgroup Name Type a name for the workgroup Host Name Type the host name for the router After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 14 2 USB User Management This page allows you to set profiles for FTP Samba users Any user who wants to access into the USB diskette must type the same username and password configured in this page Before adding or modifying settings in this page please insert a USB diskette first Otherwise an error message will appear to warn you USB Application gt gt USB User Management USB User Management Setto Factory Default Index Username Home Folder Inde
310. preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Dray Tek 273 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible
311. r Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an IPSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Username 999 C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP Allowed Dial In Type PIN Code tt ttstsi izC IPSec Tunnel Ol Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 second s IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number o l DO t S OY F Digital Signaturets 509 orPeerto O C L2TP with IPSec Policy Netbios Naming Packet Pass Block IPSec Security Method Multicast via YPM OPpass Block Medium AH for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc High ESF DES 3DES AES Subnet O Assign Static IP Address paso id If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Dr ay Tek 63 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Username er C Enable Mobile One Time PasswordsfmOTP3 Allowed Dial
312. r Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 158 Dr ay Te k To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Indexf 1 15 in Schedule Setup Clear sessions when schedule ON Direction Source IP Destination IP Service Type Fragments Application Filter Branch to Other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Quality of Service Load Balance policy User Management APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Advance Setting Block NetBios C Enable ny Any Edit Edit T gt 4 TCP UDP Part from 137 139 to undefined Action Profile Syslog Block Immediately wv LI o 120000 _ After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Item Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments Description Check this box to enable the filter rule Enter filter set comments description Ma
313. r VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access H VPN Client Wizard H VPN Server Wizard H Remote Access Control H PPP General Setup H IPSec General Setup H IPSec Peer Identity H Remote Dial in User b LAN to LAN H VPN TRUNK Management b Connection Management 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAh to Lah YPN Client Mode Selection Route Mode 4 Please choose a LAN to L4aW Profile Index Status Hame Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is nat configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description LAN to LAN Client Choose the client mode Mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode Dray Tek 227 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Route Mode MAT Mode Please choose a There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set LAN to LAN Profile Index Status Name a 1 E TTY E 2 ee 4 x rr 5 PTY TTY TTY g E rr J E eae 10 Pry 11 TTY l2 E
314. r Your Router Using Firmware Upgrade Utility Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools 1 Goto www DrayTek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Downloads Firmware Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series E EP Ae di 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series phe jE 13 02 2008 Uy inteoduction Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 ot Datasheet Vigor2200 X W E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 ee eT R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 250 18 02 2009 a Vigor2200USB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model a Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules gt Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools
315. r authentication Web If it is selected the use can type the URL of the router from any browser Then a login window will be popped up and ask the user to type the user name and password for authentication If succeed a Welcome Message configured in User Management gt gt General Setup will be displayed After authentication the destination URL if requested by the user will be guided automatically by the router Alert Tool If it is selected the user can open Alert Tool and type the user name and password for authentication A window with remaining time of connection for such user will be displayed Next the user can access Internet through any browser on Windows Note that Alert Tool can be downloaded from DrayTek web site Telnet If it is selected the user can use Telnet command to perform the authentication job Landing Page When a user tries to access into the web configurator of Vigor3200 series with the user name and password specified in this profile he she will be lead into the web page configured in Landing Page field in User Management gt gt General Setup Check this box to enable such function Enable Time Quota Time quota means the total connection time allowed by the router for the user with such profile Check the box to enable the function of time quota The first box displays the remaining time of the network connection The second box allows to type the number of time unit is minute which is availabl
316. r network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host Dr ay Tek 125 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item DNS Server IP Address Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also
317. r router to My Vigor website for getting more service Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration 1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing admin admin as User Name Password fea a Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek 2 Click Support Area gt gt Production Registration from the home page Support Area Application Note FAQ Product Registration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 32 Dr ay Te k 3 A Login page will be shown on the screen Please type the account and password that you created previously And click Login r ki Please take a moment to register Membership Registration entitles you to upgrade firmware for your purchased product and receive news about upcoming products and services LOGIN UserName Password Auth Code t xxhdd If you cannot read the word click here Forgotten password Login Don t have a My igor Account Create an account now Become the Myviger member you can receive fhe e newsleffer update 4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor From this page please click Add or Product Registration Dray Tek me Information D About Us Welcome James_fae Product Last Login Time 2011 08 24 09 39 13 Last Login From 123 110 144 220 O My Information Current Login Time 2011 08 24 23 01 15 Current Login From 114 37 142 164 ia VigorACS SI
318. r you to selelct please choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile All the hosts in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for IM P2P by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings created 155 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Advance Setting Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter web page first Or choose Create New from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile For troubleshoot
319. r3200 l Dray Tek In the page of LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration check the box of Enable to enable the function of VLAN Configuration Untag VLANO and set LAN4 as the Subnet To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLANI setting check the box of Enable and type the value 10 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN as the Subnet To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN2 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 20 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN2 as the Subnet To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN3 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 30 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN3 as the Subnet To activate the function of VLAN Tag for VLAN4 setting check the box of Enable and type the value 40 for VID setting Then check LAN Port and set LAN4 as the Subnet LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable VLAN Tag Wireless LAN Enable VID Priority LAN Port SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 Subnet vano O b b 0 oO oO O0 VLAN o oO O O O0 VLAN2 0 O O 0 O0 VLAN3 o oO 0 0 O0 VLAN4 0 0 O O0 O0 vans O 0 o oO O 0 O0 vans O Q ho oO r 4 O var O k o OF O88 QO A 1 Hybrid mode only applied on VLANO to accept both tagged untagged packets 2 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Port 3 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining VLAN group 4 The set VLAN ID VID must be unique and not duplica
320. r3200 Series User s Guide 122 Dr ay Te k What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical port and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Vigor3200n VLANS H R amp D Dept LAN4 192 168 4 x Sales Dept LAN3 192 168 3 x ABC Corp Finance Dept LAN2 192 168 2 x HR Dept LAN4 192 168 1 x 4 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Vigor3200 series provides four LANs one DMZ and one IP Routed Subnet Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into different subnets LAN1 LANA4 In addition different subnets can link for each other by configuring Inter LAN Routing At present LANI setting is fixed with NAT mode only LAN2 LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route mode IP Routed Subnet can be operated under Route mode Dray Tek 123 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide LAN gt gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address LAN 1 W W 192 168 1 1 Details Page LAN 2 192 168 2 1 LAN 3 192 168 3 1 LAN 4 192 168 4 1 DMZ v v 192 168 5 1 IP Routed Subnet C 192 168 0 1 Details Page LJForce router to use DNS server IP address settings specified in Inter LAN Routing Subnet LAN 1 LAN 2 LAN 3 LAN 4 DMZ PORT LAN 1
321. ration and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 326 Dray Te k 4 15 11 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www DrayTek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp DrayTek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file CT o Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version 3 3 7 2 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade A TFTP server is running Please execute a
322. real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once 1f you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 216 Dr ay Tek time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status 1E x g w 2 10 w 3 i mae Fs 4 4 12 x J 13 Fs 6 14 rd f H 15 rs 8 H Status v Active x Inactive Each item is explained as follows Item Description Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Inter
323. refreshing data flow that will be done by the system Dray Te k 333 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Refresh Index IP Address TX rate kbps RX rate kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description automatically Petresh Seconds Click this link to refresh this page manually Display the number of the data flow Display the IP address of the monitored device Display the transmission speed of the monitored device Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh bps Sessions Action Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page 1 v Refresh Sessions Action blacked 299 Unblock Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WAN interface Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General Setup If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Auto for instead on Dray Tek 4 16 7 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to open the web page Choose WANI WAN2 WN3 WAN4 WANS Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic gra
324. rface bridge Interface 2 w S d Dray Tek 285 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can be repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 286 Dr ay Te k Wireless LAN gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Security Disable WEP Pre WEP Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Pre shared Key Type DrayTek WPA WPA key Ox6S5Sabed SS Type 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgs laz or Setto Factory Default Bridge Enable Peer MAC Addr nt 55 shared Key TIL JL JL Ji JL Jt i Ji Ji Oo dt JL JL Note Disable unused link performance to get better g Repeater Enable WIPAS Access Point Function Enable
325. rnet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP DHCP 2 Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this Dray Tek protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WEST IP Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary ONS FI optionad Available settings are explained as follows Item WAN IP Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Description Type the IP address Type the subnet mask Type the IP address of gateway Type in the primary IP address for the router Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future 21 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into the next setting page Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANT Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router 4 Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Star
326. roup Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 16 Objects Keyword 1 2 keyword 2 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box Selected Keyword Objects Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 6 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 3 2 6 J f 4 8 Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Name Display a name for this profile Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 186 Dr ay Tek Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Objects Sett
327. rt IF Specific Limitation Max Sessions startip end Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 256 characters Default Message Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup 7 Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Available settings are explained as follows Item Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add Edit Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation i Dray Tek Item Description Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Administration Message Type the words which will be
328. rtificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS IbSDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknIdHblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDzaNggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a cer
329. rvice WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 f Class 2 HTTPS 25 lee Class 3 25 i Others 25 ae Limited_bandwidth Ratio Oy C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Online Statistics Dray Tek 69 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 9 Ifthe worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserved bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Internet VPN Tunnel Private Network ai 192 168 1 0 oo 10 Click Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 3 eee DiffServ CodePoint 1 Empty 11 Click Edit to open the following window Check the ACT box first NO Status Local Address Remote Address Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT C Hardware Acceleration Local Address i Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint IP precedence 2 Service Type 3YSLOG UDP 514 Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s IP address Leave other fields and click OK Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 70 Dr ay Te k 3 8 Upgrade Firmware fo
330. rvice inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of Dr ay Te k 223 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address e Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status PIR l Broadband Network Tasks General Z I rat hinet E Create a new connection MD Disconnected Set up a home or small C amp D WAN Miniport PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Chats Connected Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also Sa test speed 100 0 Mbps i Network Troubleshooter SA Disconnected adj S DrayTek ISDN PPP Rani Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places Internet Gateway w ig j G Control Panel T IP Broadband Connection on i Router E My Network Places ine mE C My Documents Sent 404 734 P My Computer Receiv
331. ry ted techcom sd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 Country SWITZERLAND 7 w Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Dray Tek Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet v Gparareement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter v Personal yea Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the ESPreferences verification mail Scompierion 81 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you cre
332. s Personals l Sports _ Computing Internet LI Politics Remote Proxies Education L News Cl Usenet News Criminal Hacking Violence Ll Entertainment C Glamour Cl Lifestyle L Photo Searches C Streaming Media L Finance Real Estate C Search Engine L Hosting Sites C Religion O Uncategorised Sites Available settings are explained as follows Drugs Alcohol Hate Speech Weapons L Food L Health Cl Motor Vehicles C Shopping LJ Travel job Search Career C Reference C web Mail C Kid Sites C Sex Education Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do
333. s No Dynamic 1P Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Fired IP Address OOo e Default MAC Address WAN Connection Detection Specify a MAC Address Mode MAC Address Ping 1P TEER Galo A E TTL MTU 1442 Max 1492 PPPoE Pass through C For Wired LAN L For Wireless LAN Available settings are explained as follows Item Description PPPoE Client Mode Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network Detection connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you Dr ay Tek 109 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL T
334. s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 2010 11 17 2010 12 18 Commtouch Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router update your signature again is recommended Copyright amp OrayTek Corp All Right Reserved Later if you need to extend the license valid time you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial editian Formal edition with license key Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use WCE service Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Commitouch is the web content filter based on Commtouch operated in the worldwide There is a 30 day trial period After trial you can purchase DrayTek s prepared Commtouch GlobalView WCF package from retailing outlets Enter your License key i Activation Date 2010 12 19 select CI have read and accept the above Agreement Please check this box Note T
335. s Naming Packet inside the tunnel Multicast via VPN Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile DMZ Assign Static IP Address Please type a static IP address for the subnet you specified Set SSL Web Proxy It allows the remote dial in user to access internal web over SSL VPN suitable for the application through web only e g HTTP Click SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy to set profiles If you have set several profiles beforehand you can check SSL Web Proxy and choose the one s you need as SSL VPN To check if SSL Web Proxy is activated or not please open 245 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item User Name Password Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Draytek SSL VPN portal interface From the web page you will see the message to indicate that you have the privilege for the SSL Web Proxy DrayTek Provide SSL VPN loaout INFO Main Page S d iene 1 42 You have successfull Welcome to DrayTek You are given the fol SSL VPN logged in Yy 1l0gQg lowing privileges SSL Web Proxy a SSL Tunnel Timeout after 5 minut
336. s automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default 113 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 114 Dray Te k Details Page for PPTP L2TP in WAN1 WAN4 To use PPTP L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose PPTP L2TP from Internet Access menu The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN PPTP L2TP Client Mode O Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable Server Address Specify Gateway IP A
337. s dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type J Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Objects Protocol Source Port Destination Port Service Group or Service Object or Service Object or Service Object To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Service 160 Dray Tek Item Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set Sessions Control MAC Bind IP Dray Tek Description Type User defined i T 5 Er d E fi ri ec Group and Objects Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type w
338. s unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Dray Te K 151 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Drop f non an Lr ont bl Dr p amp ral Fad Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall
339. sabled Note In default each WAN is enabled For WAN1 WAN4 Ethernet WANI WAN4 are fixed with physical mode of Giga Ethernet Here we take WAN as an example WAN gt General Setup WAN 1 Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical Type Line Speed kKbps DownLink Uplink VLAN Tag insertion Tag value Priority Yes Ethernet Auto negotiation Disable Please configure Internet Access setting first o 04095 Bo o Send Mail Alert if line drops out O Active Mode Backup Type Only if acting as backup for multiple WANY WAN TLIWAN 2 WAN 3 O WAN 4U WAN 5 When any of selected WAN disconnect Owhen all of selected WAN disconnect Available settings are explained as follows Vigor3200 Series User s Guide W Dray Tek Dray Tek Item Enable Display Name Physical Mode Physical type Line Speed VLAN Tag insertion Send Mail Alert if line drops out Active Mode Description Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Type the description for such WAN interface Display the physical mode of such WAN interface You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auto negotiation TUM half duplex TOM full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode ple
340. sageesssageees 243 TO LAN TO LCAN aen sone aaehanjanaseseaa ER 247 4 10 9 VPN TRUNK Manageme rt ccccccecccccsseeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeegeeeseaeeeseseeseeeeeeeessageessnageees 255 4 10 10 Connection Management cccccccsssssecccceeecesseseeccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeesesseeaeeeeeeeesssaaaeeseess 265 4 11 Certificate Management cccccccccceccseesseeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeessseeseeeeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeseeeaaeseeeeeeesaaas 267 4 11 1 Local Certificate ec ccccccccccseseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeessaeeasseeeeeeeessaeaaeeeeeeessaaaaeeeess 267 4 11 2 Trusted CA Certificate cc ccccccccccccccsssseeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesaeeeeseeeeeeeseaseeeeeeeeessaaaeeseeeees 271 4 11 3 Certificate BACKUD ccccccscceseccceeeeceeeeseeeceeeesssaeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeesssseeaeeeeeeesesaaeageesees 272 AW VINES CAN ie scsarcacunsscoueuaninesnnecceeoatans E E E 272 AAT Ba ue OOC aer i SO a ecm eee eee eee 272 4122 General SEUD sates aceeceotasomesseuecsacoesdapsaseis ye csssssuaasaeatecsteeasieesabosesesesaagsasoe saehssekeaectstoaads 275 aM OO OMIM AEA E E suave lee E ssa E aceeu TA E T 279 4 12 4 Access ContOl csiiisisiuieisieiniireisisieiunainidrnini viar nikn iniaiaiai draia diadakan dani eiiean i iaaeaie 281 AN NP a E E E E 282 rM AS D S E AEE AN EEE E E I ETE E E A E T E 285 412r Advanced SeN scsssnii na ei T a ani oi 288 4 12 8 WMM GOMMOUFA TION icc ciss cectncessncecasenenedcnecsadbsvasetntceenipneuacandosclaassadwisden aiaiai aa 289
341. se of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address PING to the IP Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to keep alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if 249 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Type of Server I am calling User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection PPTP Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server IPSec Tunnel Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet L2TP with IPSec Policy Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Inter
342. session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP Network Connection by 3G USB Modem For 3G mobile communication through Access Point is popular more and more Vigor3200 adds the function of 3G network connection for such purpose By connecting 3G USB Modem to the USB port of Vigor3200 it can support HSDPA UMTS EDGE GPRS GSM and the future 3G standard HSUPA etc Vigor3200n with 3G USB Modem allows you to receive 3G signals at any place such as your car or certain location holding outdoor activity and share the bandwidth for using by more people Users can use the LAN port on the router to access Internet Also they can access Internet via 802 1 1n wireless function of Vigor3200n and enjoy the powerful firewall bandwidth management VPN features of Vigor3200n series Mobile Coffee shop NG lia 5 gt S03 HSDPA Le Internet Web surfing E Mail Instant messaging etc VPN After connecting into the router 3G USB Modem will be regarded as the fifth WAN port However the other Ethernet WAN ports still can be used and Load Balance can be done in the Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 102 Dray Te k router Besides 3G USB Modem also can be used as backup device Therefore when other Ethernet WAN ports are not available the router will use 3 5G f
343. siwircssnincuasuinmcdutevbioamngastucrteatsreansisiaenieanieewenkinoiaueimawsiteetduaunceniaiereanieas 315 4 15 5 Login Customization cccceececceccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeecaaeesceeeseeeseeeeseseaseeeeessaaeeeeeeeeseeeeessageeeees 317 4 15 6 Configuration Backup sisiscisscsicecsseasisscesnteenazuntonencdiiecadeasioandeuauectenntiecnsbebiewesanteanseueians 319 4 15 7 Syslog Mail Alert cccccccccssseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeseaeseeeesseaeeeeeseaaeeeeesseaseeeeessaassss 321 4 15 8 Time and Date cccccceccccccsseeeeceeeeeeeneeeeseeseeessegeeesseaeeeessaueesseaeeeeseaueeessgeeeseeeeessaaaes 324 4 15 9 MANaQGeMe MM ccccccccsececcsseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseaseeesseeeeeseaeeeesaueeessaeeeesaueeeessaseeeeseeeeeesaaaes 325 4 15 10 Reboot System ee 326 4 15 11 Firmware Upgrade ccccceccccccceeeeeeeceeeeeceeeceeeeeceeeseeegeeeeesseaeeeessaeaeeeeesseaeeeeeessagseeees 327 4 15 12 Activation 000 ceccccceeececceeeeeeeceeeeeseaseeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeesaaeeeeseaeeessaaeessaaeeeesaaseeessaneeesnaeeeeeseaaes 328 A16 MC NOS IC eee EEE EE E E E 329 ATOT DAOU MOGO eeraa E E A EAE E ATE E T 330 4 16 2 Routing Table yesesaSiemoccnasinnszaissinecuaesuacaustabesdebusuaanaioennbandiitninatehenvusishatucncnimcouatonisinatsiedoau 330 4163 ARP Cache FAG ccaececcacmannnx scnsaicnncnindeisesaebschanadiesndiisistuie dened a a aE aa 331 41604 DHOP TablE ee ee ee eee eee 331 4 16 5 NAT Sessions Table sssrinin aAA REAA AATA Aae Aaa 332 A16 6 Data Flo
344. sk for username and password 2 Please type admin admin on Username Password for admin mode Otherwise do not type any word both username and password are Null for user mode on the window and click Login on the window 3 Now the Main Screen will appear Vigor3200 Series Dray Tek Multi WAN Security Router im Of v A System Status Quick Start Wizard Model Name Vigor3200n Service Activation Wizard Firmware Version 3372 Online Status Build Date Time Jun 25 2012 15 58 33 WAN LAN LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS NAT LAN1 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Firewall LAN2 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 User Management LAN3 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Objects Setting z LAN4 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 CSM DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Bandwidth Management IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 168 95 1 1 Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID SSL VPN _00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe _ 2 3 2 0 DrayTek USB Application System Maintenance WAN Diagnostics Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway External Devices WAN1 Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 WAN2 Connected 00 50
345. ss the Internet Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Disable Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Dr ay Tek 135 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Strict Bind ARP Table Select All Sort Refresh Add and Edit IP Bind List Add Edit Delete Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below Click this link to select all the items in the ARP table Reorder the table based on the IP address Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP table information IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address Comment Type a brief description for such list Show Comment Check this box to display the comment on IP Bind List box It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to t
346. st IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 336 Dray Te k 4 16 9 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through Unspecified Protocol Host IP Address Result Clear Each item is explained as follows Item Description Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want to ping through Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Te k 337 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 17 External Devices Vigor router can be used to connect with many types of external devices In order to control or manage the external devices conveniently open External Devices to make detailed configuration External Devices L External Device Auto Discovery External Devices Connected Below shows available devices that connected externally For security re
347. st until that host has correctly supplied a valid username and password Instead of managing with IP address MAC address User Management function manages hosts with user account Network administrator can give different firewall policies or rules for different hosts with different User Management accounts This is more flexible and convenient for network management Not only offering the basic checking for Internet access User Management also provides additional firewall rules e g CSM checking for protecting hosts Note Filter rules configured under Firewall usually are applied to the host the one that the router installed only With user management the rules can be applied to every user connected to the router with customized profiles Note If Transparency Mode is selected in Firewall gt gt General Setup User Management cannot be used any more Please uncheck Transparency Mode first if you want to utilize user management to handle users in LAN WAN or WLAN User Management H General Setup H User Profile Reserved H User Group H User Online Status 4 5 1 General Setup General Setup can determine the standard rule based or user based for the users controlled by User Management The mode standard selected here will influence the contents of the filter rule s applied to every user General Setup Mode Rule Gased Notice 1 User Management will refer to active rules in Data Filter as whitelists and blacklists in Us
348. stesorieusaeseworniwersukiaeuwesdieondieuteoaeedenn 201 A92 Bandwidth LIMI eresiaren eaa aaa DE Eaa iaa aaia EENE 203 4 9 3 Quality Of SEVICE eringni Eae E iE E EEE ETETE 205 AO POUCA NONI eap a A T 214 A OA DYNE DN S r a E E 214 aoea e CMS P A A A N E E AEA AN A 216 A TRADU oea E E 220 4 9 4 LDAP Active Directory ccccccsecccccesseecceseeecseueecseseeeseaseeessaeeecsaseecssueeessaneeessageees 221 Ao UPAR ea e S E E E 223 IP e E E E E E 225 49 7 Wake on LAN sesirsiasernsspereodint innie ia nana K an anana a inea aaae 226 A10 VEN and Romolo ACCCSS uenia a maeieremmiiinhieuaate 227 4 10 1 VPN Client Wizard 0annnnaannnannnnnannnnannnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnrnrsnnrnsnnrrnnnrennnrrennnrrnnnrresnrrerenrrnne 227 4 10 2 VPN Server WIZaIC cccccseecccccsesecececceeseceeeceeeseceeeeeeeseceeesaeeeeeeeseeeeceesseeaeeceeeesaeeeess 233 4 10 3 Remote Access Control cccccccccceccsseeseeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeessaeeeseeeeeeesseaeeeeeeesssaaaseeeeeees 238 4 10 4 PPP General Setup cc cceccecccccceeeseeeceeeeeeesaeseseeeeeeessaeesseeeeeesseaaseeeeeesessaaaaseseeeees 238 4 10 5 IPSec General SQtup ccccccccssssccceeceeeessseeeeeeceeeeausseeeeeeeseeeaseeeeeesseeeaasseeeeeesesseaaseetess 240 4 10 6 IPSec Peer IGentity ccccccccccsssseeccceeeseeceeseeeseceesceeaeceeesaaueeeesssaaeeeeesseageeeessageeeess 241 4 10 7 Remote Dial in User 0 0 0 0 cecccccecccccssseeeceseeeceaeeecseuseeeseaseeeseaeeeceuseeeseaseees
349. suing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 9 10 the starting IP address must be 192 168 9 11 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of the gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the 1st IP address of the router which means the router is the default gateway DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Dr ay Tek 129 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide IP Routed Subnet Vigor router can serve as a DHCP server to route the request coming from LAN PC LAN gt General Setup TCP IP and DHCP Setup for IP Routed Network Configuration O Enable Disable For Routing Usage IP Address Subnet Mask PIP Protocol Control 192 166 2 1 255 255 255 0 Subnet DHCP Server Configuration Start IP Address O max 10 Pi IP Pool Counts C Use LAN Port Use MAC Address Matched MAC Address Index given IP Address tS See E Gl MAC Address Available settings are explained as follows Item Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration Vigor320
350. t Wizard Setup OK 5 Now you can enjoy surfing on the Internet Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 22 Dr ay Tek 2 3 1 4 DHCP 1 Choose WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN4 as the WAN Interface and click the Next button The following page will be open for you to specify Internet Access Type Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTP L2TP 2 Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 1 If your ISP require you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name optional MAC 60 Hap Joo bo 01 optional Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Host Name Type the name of the host MAC Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to enter the MAC address Back Click it to return to previous setting page Next Click it to get into th e next setting page Dr ay Tek 23 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard 3 After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to m
351. t calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 208 Dr ay Tek Item Reserved Bandwidth Ratio Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Limited_ bandwidth Ratio Description It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth The difference in bandwidth between download and upload are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Edit the Class Rule for QoS l Dray Tek The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UCP Index Status Bandwidth Direction Class Class Class Others Bandwidth aa 1 2 3 Control statistics WANT Disable 10000Kbps 1
352. t ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear If the line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal 1 2 3 4 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will appear Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 342 Dr ay Tek 606 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 6 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 AC 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj icmp_seg 4 ttl 255 times 755 me icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 time
353. te In the page of LAN gt gt General Setup check the Status box of LAN2 LAN3 LAN4 and enable the function of DHCP 47 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide LAN gt General Setup General Setup Index Status DHCP IP Address LAN 1 W W 192 168 1 1 Details Page LAN 2 H 192 168 2 1 Details Page LAN 3 192 168 3 1 Details Page LAN 4 192 168 4 1 Details Page DMZ V W 192 168 5 1 Details Page IP Routed Subnet E 192 168 0 1 Details Page L Force router to use DNS server IP address settings specified in After finishing the above configuration the equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port can get the corresponding IP address of the network segment The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port LAN1 can get the IP address of 192 168 1 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port LAN2 can get the IP address of 192 168 2 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port LAN3 can get the IP address of 192 168 3 0 24 The equipment connecting to Vigor3200 LAN Port LAN4 can get the IP address of 192 168 4 0 24 For the detailed settings of the network segment open LAN gt gt General Setup and click Details Page Adjust the settings for your request Refer to the following figure LAN gt General Setup LAN 1 Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For NAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server IP Address 132 165 1 1 Relay Agent Enable Disable Subnet M
354. tem will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allow you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 204 Dray Te k 4 8 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates
355. ternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive a Dray Tek Dray Tek Item IPSec Security Method Advanced Description mode Local Certificate Select one of the profiles set in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Medium AH Authentication Header means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below IRIE advanced temi
356. ters are explained as follows Item Description Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is admin New Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 314 Dr ay Tek 4 15 4 User Password Sometimes you may want to access into User Mode to configure the web settings for some reason Vigor router allows you to set new user password to login into the WUI to fit your request Simply open System Maintenance gt gt User Password system Maintenance gt gt User Password L Enable User Mode for simple web configuration User Password Setto Factory Default Note Password can contain only a z A Z0 9 lt gt 5 Available parameters are explained as follows Item Description Enable User Mode for Check this box to enable user mode operation If you do not simple web check this box you cannot access into the user mode operation configuration even if you enter user password in login page Password Type in new password in this field Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web configurator again Below shows an example for accessing into User Operation with User Password 1 O
357. the authentication by using the user defined account profiles in VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial In User The enabled profiles will be listed in the Available User Account on the left box To add a profile into a group simply choose the one from the left box and click the gt gt button It will be displayed in the Selected User Account on the right box For detailed information about configuring the profile setting refer to Objects Setting gt gt IP Group RADIUS The RADIUS server will do the authentication by using the username and password LDAP Active Directory If it is checked the LDAP AD server will do the authentication by using the username password information stated on the selected profiles If the above three options are enabled the system will do the authentication based on them in sequence After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 13 6 Online User Status If you have finished the configuration of SSL Web Proxy server users can find out corresponding settings when they access into Draytek SSL VPN portal interface DrayTek Provide S5L VPH SoL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel logout J INFO Main Page mike in 172 17 1 42 You have successfully lagged in Welcome to DrayTek You are given the following privileges SSL YPN SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel Timeout atterS minutes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved
358. the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 291 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 12 10 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Wireless LAN gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Associated with Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPA Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass WPA PSE authentication TSOP IM S Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will still be on the list until the connection expires Addto Access Control Client s MAC address Add Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into Access Control Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 292 Dray Te k 4 12 11 Web Portal This page allows you to specify an URL for accessing into or display a message when a wireless user connects to Internet through this router No matter what purpose of the wireless client is he she will be forced into the URL configured here while trying
359. the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBQjCCARNCAQAWOTELNAKGALUEBHMCVFcxEDAO _ Base64 Encoded BokqhkiGOwOBCOEWEXByZXNzOGRYYX1OZUsuY29t Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBgQDOYB7wmZFEFhNS leQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 he4bp89cUF Sd lO ACGGiM tcBOckdceZdPFFvIXcP3 x GOA TCTYO OQzpxroCwlJIT LS4S50 Bnov50951G lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS _JEFS Recovery Agent Attributes JUser Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 76 Dr ay Te k you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWyrO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBQICCARMC ADAWOTELHARGALUEBHNCYFCHEDACBRGNVEAGTBOR
360. the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation l VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name vee C Enable this profile YPN Dial OQut Through WANI First l Netbios Naming Packet Pass Black Multicast via YPM OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel LTP with IPSec Policy Server IP Host Name for VPN such as draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 248 Call Direction Both Dial Out Dial in O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Username ree PAPICHAP w on off Password PPP Authentication Y Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature s 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPSec Security Method Mediumi H High ESF Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup Dray Tek Dray Tek Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Profile Name Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN connection Enable this profile Check here to activate this profile VPN Dial Out Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface Through for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANI WAN2 WAN3 WAN
361. ther PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such 280 Dray Tek Item Description as 0x321253abcde WEP 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D Encryption Mode b4 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use After finishing all the settings here please click OK to save the configuration 4 12 4 Access Control In the Access Control the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only by locking their MAC address into a black or white list The user may block wireless clients by inserting their MAC addresses into a black list or only let them be able to connect by inserting their MAC addresses into
362. tificate O Check on a pending certificate Dray Tek 75 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit
363. tion PPTP ISP amp VPN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 64 Dr ay Te k 3 In Step 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To TEN VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 166 1 1 Password Type of VPN CL2TR CO L2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with the one set in VPN router PSec Policy Setting My IF 172 16 3 100 ka Type of IPSec Standard IPSec Tunnel Virture IP DrayTek Virture Interface ka Obtain an IF address automatically DHCP over IPSec C Specify an IP address meea E e a Subnet Mask Security Method Medium AH Authority Method O Certification Authority If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN server Dray Tek 65 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dial To TEH
364. tion set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 194 Dray Te k Dray Tek Item Log URL Access Control Description will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action speci
365. to access into the Internet or the desired web page through this router That is a company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to the users can specify the URL in this page to reach its goal Wireless LAN gt gt Web Portal Web Portal SSID 1 SSID SSID 3 SSID 4 Specify an URL or short message that you want to show after user connected to your wireless Disable Redirect to URL htto Aaa draytek cam User s first HTTP request will be redirected to the URL above Ex Atte www draytek com online Atm or httos www YourBank com Show the message The message above will be shown in wireless user s browser for 5 seconds and then redirect to the original web site specified 126 characters at mast Ex Welcome to Vigorous Wirelass or lt B gt Welcomes e lt B gt Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Disable Click this button to close this function Redirect to URL Any user who wants to access into Internet through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here first It is a useful method for the purpose of advertisement For example force the wireless user s in hotel to access into the web page that the hotel wants the user s to visit Show the message Type words or sentences here The message will be displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless users access into the web page through the router After finishing all the s
366. ts l test 2 caesar 5 mike monica T pete Selected User Accounts RADIUS LDAP Actice Directory RD1 RD2 43 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 12 Once you ve finished the configuration on Vigor router try to login SSL portal with https lt IPAddress gt 13 Please type in the user name and password and select the group that the account belongs to In this case the username is Caesar and the group it belongs to is g Username caesar Password TITTY Group g Copyright DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Dray Tek You may also leave this Group option blank The router will look through all the group profiles to check which one your account belongs to It might take a few seconds If the authentication is successful SSL portal web interface with the applications related to such user account will be displayed on the screen DrayTek Powered SSL VPN Hamer SSt Web Proxy SSt Tunnel SSL Application logout 1 INFO t Main Page Hd rere 1 42 You have successfully logged in Welkome to the You are granted the following privileges DrayTek SSL VPN SSL Web Pro SSL Tunnel a SSL ication Copyright 2008 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 44 Dray Te k Dray Tek Powered S5L VPH INFO u SSL Web Proxy Green means the profile is ready for access Black means the profile needs to be activated first DrayTek Powered SS
367. ts based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes from web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Web Content Filter We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be inappropriate sometimes As a responsible parent or employer you should protect those in your trust against the hazards With Web filtering service of the Vigor router you can protect your business from common primary threats such as productivity legal liability network and security threats For parents you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or chat rooms Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories of website you wish to restrict each URL address requested e g www bbc co uk will be checked against our server database This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global team of Internet researchers The server will look up the URL and return a category to your router Your Vigor router will then decide whether to al
368. ult private mi 192 168 10 07 255 255 255 0 wie 192 168 1 2 LAN C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected g 211 100 88 07 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 3 LAN 133 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 4 2 4 VLAN Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage subnets by grouping them Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration C Enable Enable VLANO VLAN VLAN VLANS VLAN4 VLANS VLANG VLAN pan fo OOOO Wireless LAN Priority LAN Port SSID1 SSID2 SSID3 SSID4 Subnet 1 Hybrid mode only applied on VLANO to accept both tagged untagged packets 2 Tag based VLAN only applied for LAN Port 3 The checked Wireless LAN SSID will not has VLAN tagging function but regarded as joining VLAN group 4 The set VLAN ID VID must be unique and not duplicate Available settings are explained as follows Item VLAN Tag LAN Port Wireless LAN Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Enable Check the box to enable the function of VLAN with tag The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on the LAN while sending them out Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the packets sending by LAN VID Type the value as the VLAN ID number The range is form 0 to 4095 Priority Type the packet priority number for such
369. unction to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Index Protocol ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL Frererrrrreree Setto Factory Default Public IP Private IP Mask Status Ez a2 x 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 n E Fe HF FH HF HK K Available settings are explained as follows Item Index Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status Description Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to configure You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Display the protocol used for this address mapping Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Display the status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt Address Mapping Index No 1 Enable Protocol WAN Interface WARD IP Private IP Subnet Mask TCR WANT r ia Available settings are explained as follows Dray Tek 147 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Item Description Enable Check to enable this entry Protocol Specify the transport layer protoc
370. up Reboot System Firmware Upgrade Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance 4 15 1 System Status 5 1 Status i A c 1 l Y E it i System Maintenance The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor3200n 3 3 7 2 Jun 25 2012 15 58 33 LAN MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS LANI 00 50 F 00 00 00 192 168 1 5 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 LANZ 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 2 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 LANS 00 50 F 00 00 00 192 168 3 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 LAN4 00 50 F 00 00 00 192 168 4 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 5 8 8 8 DMZ PORT 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 5 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 IP Routed Subnet 00 50 7F 00 00 00 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 Yes 8 8 8 8 Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version SSID 00 50 7F 00 00 00 Europe 2 3 2 0 DrayTek Link Status MAC Address WAN Connection IP Address WANT WAN WANS WANS WANS Disconnected Disconnected Disconnected Disconnected Disconnected 00 50 7F 00 00 01 00 50 7F 00 00 02 00 50 F 00 00 03 00 50 7F 00 00 04 00 50 7F 00 00 05 Static IP
371. upervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet w Gasreement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv Denna would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server O compieion Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 84 Dray Te k 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact t
372. ut connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy one Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type 64k bps Username PPP Authentication PAP CHAP VJ Compression on Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key P 2 l i K fs Digital Signature x 509 m m HIEP f IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Mo Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Dray Tek Link Type 64k bps Username Password CO PPF Authentication VJ Compression on off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key TO Digital Signature X 509 ne IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES without Authentication Advanced Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you
373. utton to lead the data passing through other WAN automatically when the selected WAN interface is failover Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be Dray Tek passed through the WAN interface After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them 4 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 4 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right pa
374. v Access 0 Disable EIP MAC Binding x o 1 20 Access 0 Disable 1802 1X z O i 30 Access 0 Disable El Trunk vy 40 Access 0 Disable stp a z en anaes MsP 19 a O All M 3700 Access 0 Disable Mirroring 20 O All Mi 3700 Access 0 Disable E Multicast 21 O All VY ili Access 0 Disable Clalarm 22 O All sj iii Access 0 Disable G DHCP Snooping FILLDP 23 m oO All si j1 Trunk 0 Disable Save Restore 24 O All Mi 1 Trunk 0 Disable Export Import 4 After finishing the above configuration the equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 15 16 17 and 18 can get the corresponding IP address es of the network segment The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 15 can get the IP address of 192 168 1 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 16 can get the IP address of 192 168 2 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 17 can get the IP address of 192 168 3 0 24 The equipment connecting to VigorSwitch Port 18 can get the IP address of 192 168 4 0 24 CO Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 50 Dray Te k 3 4 How to Customize Your Login Page Login page can be customized to fit the request of the administrator l 3 Dray Tek Open User Management gt gt General Setup Set User Based as the Mode and click OK to save teh settings Auto Logout 3 User Management gt gt General Setup Quick Start Wizard Service Activation Wizard Ge
375. ve NO The LAN to LAWN Profile is disabled or under Dial In Call Direction at present k j wanlwang SE Soe bee lee rS IS Sai atatus Name Memberl active Type Members active Type General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Mame lwanlwan Memberi Please Select a LAN to LaN Dial Gut profile Member Please select a LAN to LaN Dial Out profile Active Mode Load Balance Add Edit Delete 7 Click Advanced for specifying Load Balance Algorithm VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name Trunki Load Balance Algorithm f Pound Robin Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted According to Speed Ratio Memberi Member2 50 50 Fastest VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete Binding Dial Gut Index p Binding Src IP Start booo End booo Binding Dest IP Start poo End booo Binding Dest Port Start fi End s535 Binding Fragmented HO Binding Frotacol ANY l Do JK Close Detail Information VPH Load Balance Profile name Trunki 4Alqorithm Round Robin Dray Tek 93 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 8 When the VPN trunk is successfully connected you may check the connection status by viewing the page of VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Transferred packets Tx Pkts will keep increasing through both tunnels when outgoing
376. vedsedcsvasddeds ceesacaisresdsqeavacdsadennetedes aed cadetacdcnestessuedestiebsedstasdeeevecdieee 175 AG ODICCIS SEUNS sarera EE EE E E EE 176 4 GTIP ODEO eane a E ee eee 176 RA ae 60 E E ne E A A E A E A AT 178 4 6 3 Service Type Object 2 ccccccccsssssssssessseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeauaessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaaaaaagsesseeeeeseeeess 180 4 6 4 Service Type Group ccccccccsseseeeccceeeceaeeesseeeeeeeeseeessseeeeeeeesseeseeeeeeeessssaseeeeeeessaaaaeeseeeees 182 4 6 5 Keyword Object ccccccccccccccccceeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeuauaaeaseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeaaaagseeeeeeeseeeeeess 184 4 6 6 Keyword GrOUuD ccccccccccccccceceeseeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaaaaaeaseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaaaaseeeeeseeeeeess 185 4 6 7 File Extension ODJ Ct ccccccccsssssssseseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessauaaaaagseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 186 A O NPO aE a ne 188 4 7 1 APP Enforcement Profile ccccccccccssseceeseeceeeeeceueeeseuseesaeecsageceageecsaseessuseeseaeeesaaees 189 4 7 2 URL Content Filter Profile vic cizcntovraiacamertaiisnandsatancnsanieaniaieaisnontnaabaendoiighatdnniueswiasinnaswaadis 193 4 7 3 Web Content Filter Profile serirccniracna n a a aia a 198 4 8 Bandwidth Management ccccsseecccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeesseeeeesaeeeeseaeeeesseeeessaneeesaeeeeesaess 201 Dray Te K vii Vigor3200 Series User s Guide AGA SOSSIONS LUM MWiwscciiussmccesdasourcteuscsarenctteacveutdicwoseschiwewe
377. w MONITO ssnscasinin citeinchitensiuetaas nintinisiimessasiniuledamaiwinlsiavidwadsatimdudadenscininbstuledwnnenixamatseds 333 AIO A Al eea e A E A A E 335 4 108 FNO Diagnosis siririna E E E E EEA E E 336 d WG Nace ROUE ar EE Ea 337 4 17 CV ell DEVICES ncsszacrcrsersessdrexstcansareuamse vas wrens a Ee ONEN sae EEE TRAN ENEK EERE ENARE 338 TOUDI SRNOOUN O esaeen EEA ARE EENE Eaa 339 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not ccccssseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 340 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer cccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeueaseeeeeeeeessaaaeeseeeees 342 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NOt 343 5 5 Problems for 3G Network Connection cccccccccssseseeeeceeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeessuaeseeseeeees 344 5 6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary eneen 344 5 7 Contacting Your Dealer ccccccccssseseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeessueeeeeeeeeeeeesssaaaaeaacsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneaes 346 Dray Te k ix Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Introduction Vigor3200 Series a broadband router integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES DES 3DES the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers sev
378. w port Type of port and use the drop down list to Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek 6 In the following dialog type 192 168 1 1 router s LAN IP in the field of Printer Name or IP Address and type IP_192 168 1 1 as the port name Then click Next Add Standard CP IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address 192 168 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 7 Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card Add Standard ICP IP Printer Port Wizard Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct 8 Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Pot 9100 Device 192 163 1 1 Port Name IP_192 168 1 1 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish i Cancel Dray Tek 9 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 9 Now your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that y
379. way IP oona i first subnet to remote network you hawe to o Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Femote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Lacal Metwark te 192 168 14 Change default route to this VPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Wore Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP 7 PAP or CHAP V When DHCP Disable set Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No Assigned IP range 192 168 2200 Optional MPPE OK For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known 57 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MJES Mapes Maes Dat
380. wn Dray Te k 111 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP DHCP Client WAN IP Network Settings WAN IP Alias Enable Disable Obtain an IP address automatically Keep WAN Connection Router Name VIGOR C Enable PING to keep alive Domain Name PE o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address PING Interval Os minutefs IP address 172 16 5 102 WAN Connection Detection Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Mode ARP Detect Gateway IP Address 172 156 1 1 Ping IP fe DNS Server IP Address lili TTL Primary IP Address 165 95 1 1 Secondary IF Address MTU Max 1500 Default MAC Address RIF Protocol O Specify a MAC Address Enable RIP MAC Address oo o fF Hoo oo for Bridge Mode i C Enable Bridge Mode Available settings are explained as follows Item Description Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid Keep WAN Connection Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments because some ISPs will drop connections 1f there is no traffic within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for t
381. world After typing the username and password defined in User Management gt gt User Profile click Login You can access into Internet or access into the Landing Page if configured in User Management gt gt General Setup Vigor3200 Series User s Guide 52 Dray Tek 3 5 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address Router B RouterA 220 135 240 210 220 135 240 208 Remote Branch Office 192 168 2 0 Headquarter 192 168 1 0 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Pratocal IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users When DHCP Disable set PaA PAP or CHAP Authentication Assigned IP range 192 168 1 200 i lala lai MPPE Optional MPPE ne Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set g
382. x Username Home Folder e PNP Pee Mi Is fo Is I Each item 1s explained as follows Item Description Index Display the number link of the profile Username Display the name that FTP Samba users will use for accessing into FTP Samba server Dray Te k 305 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Home Folder Display the home folder of this entry Click index number to access into configuration page USB Application gt USB User Management Profile Index 1 FTP Samba User OeEnable Disable Password O Maximum 11 Characters Confirm Password fs Home Folder Po a Access Rule File JRead write Delete Directory CJtist create Remove Note The folder name can only contain the following characters 4 2 a z 0 9 _ 1g and space Available settings are explained as follows Item Description FTP Samba User Enable Click this button to activate this profile account for FTP service or Samba User service Later the user can use the username specified in this page to login into FTP server Disable Click this button to disable such profile Username Type the username for FTP Samba users for accessing into FTP server USB storage disk Be aware that users cannot access into USB storage disk in anonymity Later you can open FTP client software and type the username specified here for accessing into USB storage disk Note Admin could not be typed here as username for the word is spe
383. ximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this field is blank and the function will always work Clear sessions when schedule ON Direction Check this box to clear all the sessions when the schedule is configured and specified above Set the direction of packet flow It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic LAMER TA PN WWAN kd LAME TAPN WAM WAN gt LAMER TAY PN LAMRTWPN gt LAMER TAPN 159 Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Item Source Destination IP Service Type Vigor3200 Series User s Guide Description Note RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges 3 IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects v Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group None or IP Object None or IP Object None 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in thi
384. y to configure gt Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network gt Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Member2 Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance Mechanism VPN Load Balance Mechanism can set multiple VPN tunnels for using as traffic load balance tunnel It can assist users to do effective load sharing for multiple VPN tunnels according to real line bandwidth Moreover it offers three types of algorithms for load balancing and binding tunnel policy mechanism to let the administrator manage the network more flexibly gt Three types of load sharing algorithm offered Round Robin Weighted Round Robin and Fastest gt Binding Tunnel Policy mechanism allows users to encrypt the data in transmission or specified service function in transmission and define specified VPN Tunnel for havi

Draytek Vigor3200

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents